Door & Lock: Section

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 346

BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY

SECTION DLKDOOR & LOCK


B

E
CONTENTS
WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM Back Door Request Switch ......................................18 F
Door Lock and Unlock Switch (Driver Side) ............19
PRECAUTION ............................................... 9 Door Lock and Unlock Switch (Passenger Side) ....19

cardiagn.com
Remote Keyless Entry Receiver ..............................19 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 9 Inside Key Antenna (Instrument Center) .................19
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Inside Key Antenna (Console) .................................20
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Outside Key Antenna (Rear Bumper) ......................20
SIONER" ................................................................... 9 H
Outside Key Antenna (LH) .......................................20
Precaution for Servicing Doors and Locks ................ 9 Outside Key Antenna (RH) ......................................20
Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer ...............................21
PREPARATION ........................................... 10 Front Door Request Switch (LH) .............................21 I
PREPARATION ..................................................10 Front Door Request Switch (RH) .............................21
Special Service Tool ............................................... 10 Front Door Switch ....................................................21
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 11 Rear Door Switch ....................................................22 J
Front Door Lock Assembly (LH) ..............................22
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 12 Touch Sensor ..........................................................22
Spindle Unit .............................................................22
DLK
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................12 Motion Activated Back Door Sensors ......................23
Motion Activated Back Door Control Unit ................24
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM ............................... 12
Integrated Homelink Transmitter .............................24
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component L
Parts Location ......................................................... 12 SYSTEM (POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM) .... 25
System Diagram ......................................................25
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ................................... 12
System Description ..................................................25 M
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location ................................................................... 13 SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM) ......... 27
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER ............. 14 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ....................................27 N
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER : INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Diagram ....27
Component Parts Location ...................................... 14 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Descrip-
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM ....................... 14 tion ...........................................................................27
O
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM : DOOR LOCK FUNCTION ..........................................28
Component Parts Location .................................... 15 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram ..........28
Automatic Back Door Control Unit .......................... 16 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description ....28 P
Automatic Back Door Switch ................................... 16
Automatic Back Door Main Switch .......................... 16 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION ...............................30
Automatic Back Door Warning Buzzer .................... 17 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System Dia-
Automatic Back Door Close Switch ......................... 17 gram ........................................................................30
Back Door Lock Assembly ...................................... 17 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System De-
Automatic Back Door Opener Switch ...................... 18 scription ...................................................................30
Back Door Opener Switch ....................................... 18

Revision: December 2016 DLK-1 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION ................. 31 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ........................... 82
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Sys- Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 82
tem Diagram ........................................................... 32
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Sys- AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM ............... 99
tem Description ....................................................... 32 Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 99

WARNING FUNCTION .............................................. 34 HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER ...... 107


WARNING FUNCTION : System Description ......... 34 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 107

REMOTE ENGINE START FUNCTION .................... 37 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 110


REMOTE ENGINE START FUNCTION : System
Description .............................................................. 37 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 110
Work Flow ............................................................. 110
SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYS-
TEM) ................................................................... 40 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
System Diagram ..................................................... 40 BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL .................. 113
System Description ................................................. 40 Description ............................................................ 113
Work Procedure .................................................... 113
SYSTEM (INTEGRATED HOMELINK
TRANSMITTER) ................................................ 55 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
System Description ................................................. 55 BCM .................................................................. 114
Description ............................................................ 114

cardiagn.com
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................ 56 Work Procedure .................................................... 114
COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 56 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT.. 115
COMMON ITEM) .................................................... 56 Description ............................................................ 115
Work Procedure .................................................... 115
DOOR LOCK ............................................................. 56
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - CALIBRATION OF AUTOMATIC BACK
DOOR LOCK) ......................................................... 56 DOOR POSITION INFORMATION ................... 116
INTELLIGENT KEY ................................................... 57 Description ............................................................ 116
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - Work Procedure .................................................... 116
INTELLIGENT KEY) ............................................... 57
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 117
TRUNK ...................................................................... 60
TRUNK : CONSULT Function (BCM - TRUNK) ..... 60 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 117
DTC Description .................................................... 117
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117
DOOR CONTROL UNIT) ................................... 61
CONSULT Function ................................................ 61
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 118
DTC Description .................................................... 118
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 63 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118

AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT... 63 B2401 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT.. 119
Reference Value ..................................................... 63 DTC Description .................................................... 119
Fail Safe ................................................................. 67 Diagnosis Procedure (B2401-86) .......................... 119
DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 68 Diagnosis Procedure (B2401-87) .......................... 120
DTC Index .............................................................. 68
B2409 HALF LATCH SWITCH ......................... 121
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CON- DTC Description .................................................... 121
TROL UNIT ........................................................ 70 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
Reference Value ..................................................... 70 B2416 TOUCH SENSOR RH ........................... 125
BCM ................................................................... 71 DTC Description .................................................... 125
List of ECU Reference ............................................ 71 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125
Component Inspection .......................................... 128
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 72
B2417 TOUCH SENSOR LH ............................ 129
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM ....................... 72 DTC Description .................................................... 129
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 72 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 129
Component Inspection .......................................... 132

Revision: December 2016 DLK-2 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2419 OPEN SWITCH ..................................... 133 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175
DTC Description .................................................... 133 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133 B242F ABD BUZZER ...................................... 177
DTC Description .................................................... 177
B2420 CLOSE SWITCH ................................... 137 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177
B
DTC Description .................................................... 137
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 137 B261B REMOTE ENGINE START ................. 179
DTC Description .................................................... 179
B2422 BACK DOOR STATE ........................... 141 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179 C
DTC Description .................................................... 141
Diagnosis Procedure (B2422-78) .......................... 141 B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA ............................... 180
Diagnosis Procedure (B2422-79) .......................... 146 DTC Description .................................................... 180
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180 D
B2423 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MOTOR
OPERATION TIME ........................................... 147 B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA ............................... 183
DTC Description .................................................... 183 E
DTC Description .................................................... 147
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-11) .......................... 148
Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-12) .......................... 149 B26FE HOOD SWITCH ................................... 186
Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-13) .......................... 149 DTC Description .................................................... 186 F
Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-63 or B2423-4B) ..... 150 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 186
Component Inspection ........................................... 187

cardiagn.com
B2426 ENCODER ............................................ 151
DTC Description .................................................... 151 G
B2626 OUTSIDE ANTENNA ........................... 189
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-11) .......................... 152 DTC Description .................................................... 189
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-23) .......................... 153 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-24) .......................... 154 H
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-29 or B2426-32) ..... 155 B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA ........................... 192
DTC Description .................................................... 192
B2427 ENCODER ............................................ 157 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192
DTC Description .................................................... 157 I
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-11) .......................... 158 B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA ........................... 195
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-23) .......................... 159 DTC Description .................................................... 195
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-24) .......................... 160 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 195 J
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-29 or B2427-32) ..... 161
U1320 REPROGRAMMING ERROR .............. 198
B2428 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL DTC Description .................................................... 198 DLK
UNIT .................................................................. 163 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
DTC Description .................................................... 163
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163 U1321 ABD CONFIGURATION ...................... 200
DTC Description .................................................... 200 L
B242A CLOSURE CONDITION ....................... 164 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200
DTC Description .................................................... 164
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-01) ......................... 165 U1322 ABD CONFIGURATION ...................... 201
M
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-11) ......................... 168 DTC Description .................................................... 201
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-12) ......................... 169 Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-01) .......................... 201
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-13) ......................... 169 Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-08) .......................... 202
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-63) ......................... 170 Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-56) .......................... 202 N

B242C MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR U1325 CALIBRATION .................................... 203


CONTROL MODULE ........................................ 171 DTC Description .................................................... 203 O
DTC Description .................................................... 171 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 204
B242D MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR P
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 204
SENSOR ........................................................... 173 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Di-
DTC Description .................................................... 173 agnosis Procedure ................................................. 204
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
BCM ......................................................................... 204
B242E MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR BCM : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 204
SENSOR ........................................................... 175
DTC Description .................................................... 175 DOOR SWITCH ............................................... 206

Revision: December 2016 DLK-3 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


Component Function Check ................................206 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................206 Component Inspection .......................................... 228
Component Inspection ...........................................207
BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH .................. 229
BACK DOOR SWITCH .................................... 208 Component Function Check ................................ 229
Component Function Check ................................208 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 229
Diagnosis Procedure (With Automatic Back Door)..208 Component Inspection .......................................... 230
Diagnosis Procedure (Without Automatic Back
Door) ......................................................................209 BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH ..................... 231
Component Inspection (With Automatic Back Component Function Check ................................ 231
Door) ......................................................................210 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 231
Component Inspection (Without Automatic Back Component Inspection .......................................... 232
Door) ......................................................................211
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER ........ 233
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH ........... 212 Component Function Check ................................ 233
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 233
DRIVER SIDE ...........................................................212 Component Inspection .......................................... 233
DRIVER SIDE : Description ...................................212
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check .......212 INTELLIGENT KEY .......................................... 235
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...................212 Component Function Check ................................ 235
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 235
PASSENGER SIDE ..................................................213

cardiagn.com
PASSENGER SIDE : Description ..........................213 METER BUZZER CIRCUIT .............................. 236
PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................................................ 236
Component Function Check ................................213 Component Function Check ................................. 236
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..........214 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 236

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR .............................. 216 KEY WARNING LAMP ..................................... 237
Component Function Check ................................ 237
DRIVER SIDE ...........................................................216 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check .......216
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...................216 HAZARD FUNCTION ....................................... 238
Component Function Check ................................ 238
PASSENGER SIDE ..................................................217 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238
PASSENGER SIDE :
Component Function Check ................................217 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH.. 239
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..........217 Component Function Check ................................ 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 239
REAR LH ..................................................................218 Component Inspection .......................................... 240
REAR LH : Component Function Check ..............218
REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure ...........................218 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH .... 241
Component Function Check ................................ 241
REAR RH .................................................................219
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241
REAR RH : Component Function Check .............219
Component Inspection .......................................... 242
REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure ..........................220
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH .............. 243
UNLOCK SENSOR .......................................... 221
Component Function Check ................................ 243
Component Function Check ................................221
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................221
Component Inspection .......................................... 244
Component Inspection ...........................................222
HALF LATCH SWITCH .................................... 245
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH .................... 223
Component Function Check ................................. 245
Component Function Check ..................................223
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................223
Component Inspection .......................................... 246
Component Inspection ...........................................224
TOUCH SENSOR ............................................. 247
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER ........ 225
Component Function Check ................................225 RH ............................................................................ 247
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................225 RH : Component Function Check ........................ 247
RH : Diagnosis Procedure .................................... 247
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH ............................. 227 RH : Component Inspection .................................. 248
Component Function Check ................................227

Revision: December 2016 DLK-4 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


LH ............................................................................ 249 Description ............................................................. 268
LH : Component Function Check ........................ 249 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 268 A
LH : Diagnosis Procedure ..................................... 249
LH : Component Inspection ................................... 251 INTELLIGENT KEY BUTTON OPERATION
HAS POOR RANGE (ALL KEYS) .................. 269
SPINDLE MOTOR ............................................ 252 B
Description ............................................................. 269
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 269
RH ............................................................................ 252
RH : Diagnosis Procedure ..................................... 252 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH IN- C
LH ............................................................................ 252
TELLIGENT KEY (ONE KEY) ......................... 271
Description ............................................................. 271
LH : Diagnosis Procedure ..................................... 252
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 271 D
BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR ................... 254
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 254
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND EN-
GINE DOES NOT START (ONE I-KEY/REQ
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING BUZZ- SW/PUSH SW) ................................................ 272 E
ER ..................................................................... 255 Description ............................................................. 272
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 255 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 272
Component Inspection .......................................... 256 F
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNC-
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER .... 257 TIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ONE KEY) ....... 274

cardiagn.com
Component Function Check ................................ 257 Description ............................................................. 274
G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 257 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 274

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 259 INTELLIGENT KEY BUTTON OPERATION


HAS POOR RANGE (ONE KEY) .................... 276 H
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..... 259 Description ............................................................. 276
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 276
ALL DOORS DO NOT LOCK/UNLOCK OR AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION I
TRUNK/BACK DOOR DO NOT OPEN WITH DOES NOT OPERATE .................................... 277
REQUEST SWITCH ......................................... 260
Description ............................................................ 260 ALL SWITCHES ....................................................... 277 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 260 ALL SWITCHES : Description ............................... 277
ALL SWITCHES : Diagnosis Procedure ................ 277
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND EN-
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH ...................... 278 DLK
GINE DOES NOT START (REQ SW/PUSH
SW) (ALL KEYS) .............................................. 262 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH : Descrip-
tion ......................................................................... 278
Description ............................................................ 262
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH : Diagnosis L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 262
Procedure .............................................................. 278
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND EN-
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH ........ 278
GINE DOES NOT START (ALL I-KEY/REQ AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH : M
SW/PUSH SW) ................................................. 264 Description ............................................................. 278
Description ............................................................ 264 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH : Di-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 264 agnosis Procedure ................................................. 278 N
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNC- INTELLIGENT KEY .................................................. 279
TIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ALL KEYS) ....... 265 INTELLIGENT KEY : Description .......................... 279
Description ............................................................ 265 INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 279 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 265
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH ............................ 279
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH IN- BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH : Description ..... 279 P
TELLIGENT KEY .............................................. 267 BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH : Diagnosis Pro-
Description ............................................................ 267 cedure .................................................................... 279
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 267
OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION ................................. 280
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION : Description ......... 280
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH AND INTELLI- OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Proce-
GENT KEY ........................................................ 268 dure ....................................................................... 280

Revision: December 2016 DLK-5 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


OPEN FUNCTION ....................................................281 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment .......................... 302
OPEN FUNCTION : Description ............................281
OPEN FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure .............281 DOOR STRIKER ..................................................... 304
DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation ........ 304
CLOSURE FUNCTION .............................................281 DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment .............................. 304
CLOSURE FUNCTION : Description .....................281
CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure .....282 DOOR HINGE .......................................................... 304
DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation ............ 304
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING DOES
DOOR CHECK LINK ............................................... 305
NOT OPERATE ............................................... 283
DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation . 305
BUZZER ...................................................................283
BUZZER : Description ...........................................283
REAR DOOR .................................................... 306
Exploded View ...................................................... 306
BUZZER : Diagnosis Procedure ............................283
DOOR ASSEMBLY ................................................. 307
HAZARD WARNING LAMP .....................................283
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation .... 307
HAZARD WARNING LAMP : Description ..............283
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment .......................... 308
HAZARD WARNING LAMP : Diagnosis Proce-
dure .......................................................................283 DOOR STRIKER ..................................................... 309
DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation ........ 309
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR FUNCTIONS DO
DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment .............................. 309
NOT CANCEL .................................................. 285

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................285 DOOR HINGE .......................................................... 309
DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation ............ 309
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR ANTI-PINCH
FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE ................. 286 DOOR CHECK LINK ............................................... 310
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................286 DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation . 310

INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER BACK DOOR .................................................... 311


DOES NOT OPERATE .................................... 287 Exploded View ...................................................... 311
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................287
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY ...................................... 311
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG- BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installa-
NOSES ............................................................. 288 tion ........................................................................ 311
Work Flow ..............................................................288 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment ............... 313
Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting .........289 BACK DOOR STRIKER .......................................... 314
Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................292 BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installa-
tion ........................................................................ 314
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 294
BACK DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment ................... 315
HOOD ............................................................... 294 BACK DOOR HINGE .............................................. 315
Exploded View .......................................................294
BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation . 315
HOOD ASSEMBLY ..................................................294
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP ............................ 315
HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation .....294
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and
HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment ..........................295
Installation ............................................................. 315
HOOD HINGE ...........................................................296
HOOD LOCK .................................................... 316
HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation .............296
Exploded View ...................................................... 316
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT ......................... 298 HOOD LOCK ........................................................... 316
Exploded View .......................................................298
HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation .............. 316
Removal and Installation .......................................298
HOOD LOCK : Inspection ..................................... 316
FRONT FENDER ............................................. 299 SECONDARY LATCH ............................................. 317
Exploded View .......................................................299 SECONDARY LATCH : Removal and Installation. 317
Removal and Installation .......................................299
HOOD LOCK RELEASE CABLE ............................ 317
FRONT DOOR ................................................. 301 HOOD LOCK RELEASE CABLE : Removal and
Exploded View .......................................................301 Installation ............................................................. 317
DOOR ASSEMBLY ..................................................302 HOOD LOCK RELEASE HANDLE ......................... 318
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation .....302

Revision: December 2016 DLK-6 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD LOCK RELEASE HANDLE : Removal and DOOR REQUEST SWITCH ............................ 333
Installation ............................................................. 318 A
DRIVER SIDE ........................................................... 333
FRONT DOOR LOCK ....................................... 319 DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation ............. 333
Exploded View ...................................................... 319
PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. 333 B
DOOR LOCK ........................................................... 319 PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation .... 333
DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation .............. 319
BACK DOOR ........................................................... 333
INSIDE HANDLE ..................................................... 320 BACK DOOR : Removal and Installation ............... 333 C
INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation ........ 320
INSIDE KEY ANTENNA .................................. 334
OUTSIDE HANDLE ................................................. 320 D
OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation .... 320 INSTRUMENT CENTER .......................................... 334
INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal and Installa-
REAR DOOR LOCK ......................................... 323 tion ......................................................................... 334
Exploded View ...................................................... 323 E
CONSOLE ................................................................ 334
DOOR LOCK ........................................................... 323 CONSOLE : Removal and Installation ................... 334
DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation .............. 323
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA .............................. 335 F
INSIDE HANDLE ..................................................... 323
INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation ........ 323 DRIVER SIDE ........................................................... 335

cardiagn.com
DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation ............. 335 G
OUTSIDE HANDLE ................................................. 324
OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation .... 324 PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. 335
PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation .... 335
BACK DOOR LOCK ......................................... 326 H
Exploded View ...................................................... 326 REAR BUMPER ....................................................... 335
REAR BUMPER : Removal and Installation .......... 335
DOOR LOCK ........................................................... 326
DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation .............. 326 INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER ....... 336 I
Removal and Installation ....................................... 336
SPINDLE UNIT ........................................................ 326
SPINDLE UNIT : Removal and Installation ........... 326 BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME ................... 337 J
Removal and Installation ....................................... 337
BACK DOOR STAY ................................................ 327
BACK DOOR STAY : Removal and Installation .... 327 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER ....... 338
Removal and Installation ....................................... 338 DLK
TOUCH SENSOR .................................................... 327
TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation ....... 327 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY ....................... 339
Removal and Installation ....................................... 339
EMERGENCY LEVER ............................................. 328 L
EMERGENCY LEVER : Unlock procedures ......... 328 MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SYSTEM
. 340
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER ............................ 329 Exploded View ....................................................... 340 M
Exploded View ...................................................... 329
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL
FUEL FILLER LID ................................................... 329
UNIT ......................................................................... 340
FUEL FILLER LID : Removal and Installation ....... 329 N
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL
FUEL FILLER LID LOCK ........................................ 330 UNIT : Removal and Installation ............................ 340
FUEL FILLER LID LOCK : Removal and Installa-
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR ...... 341 O
tion ........................................................................ 330
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR :
FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE CABLE .................... 330 Removal and Installation ....................................... 341
FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE CABLE : Removal P
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MOD-
and Installation ...................................................... 330
ULE .................................................................. 343
FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE HANDLE .................. 331 Removal and Installation ....................................... 343
FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE HANDLE : Removal
and Installation ...................................................... 331 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH ... 344
Exploded View ....................................................... 344
DOOR SWITCH ................................................ 332 Removal and Installation ....................................... 344
Removal and Installation ....................................... 332

Revision: December 2016 DLK-7 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH ............. 345 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH.. 346
Exploded View .......................................................345 Removal and Installation ....................................... 346
Removal and Installation .......................................345

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-8 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000015272561

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.

cardiagn.com
G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the H
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the I
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Servicing Doors and Locks INFOID:0000000014624967
J
WARNING:
Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should
contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use. DLK
• After removing and installing the opening/closing parts, be sure to carry out fitting adjustments to check their
operation.
• Check the lubrication level, damage, and wear of each part. If necessary, grease or replace it. L
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it. M
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one. N
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly.
• Follow the steps below to clean components:
- Water soluble dirt: O
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Oily dirt: P
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-9 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000014624968

The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.)
Tool name
— Locating the noise
(J-39570)
Chassis Ear

SIIA0993E

— Repairing the cause of noise


(J-50397)
NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit

cardiagn.com
ALJIA1232ZZ

— Used to test keyfobs


(J-43241)
Remote Keyless Entry Tester

— • Activate and display TPMS transmitter


(J-50190) IDs
Signal Tech II • Display tire pressure reported by the
TPMS transmitter
• Read TPMS DTCs
• Register TPMS transmitter IDs
• Check Intelligent Key relative signal
strength
• Confirm vehicle Intelligent Key antenna
ALEIA0131ZZ
signal strength
• Compatible with future sensors
• Equipped with a display

Revision: December 2016 DLK-10 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.) A
Tool name
KV48105501 • Activate TPMS transmitter IDs
(J-45295-A) • Compatible with future sensors B
Transmitter Activation Tool • Equipped with a display (KV48105501
only)

ALEIA0183ZZ

— Removing trim components D


(J-46534)
Trim Tool Set
E

AWJIA0483ZZ F

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000014624969

cardiagn.com
G
(TechMate No.) Description
Tool name
H
(J-39565) Locating the noise
Engine Ear

J
SIIA0995E

( — ) Loosening nuts, screws and bolts


Power Tool
DLK

PIIB1407E

Revision: December 2016 DLK-11 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014910821

cardiagn.com
ALKIA4623ZZ

No. Component Function


1. Remote keyless entry receiver DLK-19, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver"
2. Rear door lock actuator RH Rear door lock actuator locks/unlocks the rear door latch assembly.
3. Rear door switch RH DLK-22, "Rear Door Switch"
4. Front door lock actuator RH Rear door lock actuator locks/unlocks the rear door latch assembly.
5. Front door switch RH DLK-21, "Front Door Switch"
Power window and door lock/un-
6. DLK-19, "Door Lock and Unlock Switch (Passenger Side)"
lock switch RH
Controls the door lock system.
7. BCM Refer to BCS-5, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed
installation location
Main power window and door
8. DLK-19, "Door Lock and Unlock Switch (Driver Side)"
lock/unlock switch
9. Front door lock assembly LH DLK-22, "Front Door Lock Assembly (LH)"
10. Front door switch LH DLK-21, "Front Door Switch"
11. Rear door switch LH DLK-22, "Rear Door Switch"
12. Rear door lock actuator LH Rear door lock actuator locks/unlocks the rear door latch assembly.
Back door lock assembly (door
13. DLK-17, "Back Door Lock Assembly"
ajar switch)

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Revision: December 2016 DLK-12 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014910822

ALKIA4624ZZ

cardiagn.com
G
No. Component Function
Remote keyless entry receiver receives button operation signal and key ID sig-
1. Remote keyless entry receiver nal of Intelligent Key and then transmits them to the BCM.
Refer to DLK-19, "Remote Keyless Entry Receiver". H
2. Rear door lock actuator RH Rear door lock actuator locks/unlocks the rear door latch assembly.
3. Front door lock actuator RH Rear door lock actuator locks/unlocks the rear door latch assembly.
I
4. Door request switch RH Door request switch transmits door lock/unlock request signal to the BCM.
Outside key antenna (RH) detects whether Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle
5. Outside key antenna RH or not, and then transmits the signal to the BCM. J
Refer to DLK-20, "Outside Key Antenna (RH)".
Door switch detects door open/close condition and then transmits ON/OFF sig-
6. Door lock/unlock switch RH
nal to BCM.
DLK
Push-button ignition switch has push switch inside which detects that push-but-
ton ignition switch is pressed, and then transmits ON/OFF signal to BCM. BCM
7. Push-button ignition switch changes the ignition switch position with the operation of push-button ignition
switch. BCM maintains the ignition switch position status while push-button ig- L
nition switch is not operated.
Inside key antenna (instrument center) detects whether Intelligent Key is inside
8. Inside key antenna (instrument center) the vehicle or not, and then transmits the signal to the BCM. M
Refer to DLK-19, "Inside Key Antenna (Instrument Center)".
Intelligent Key warning buzzer warns the user, who is outside the vehicle, of op-
9. Intelligent Key warning buzzer eration confirmation according to Intelligent Key operation and door request
switch operation, or of an inappropriate operation.
N

BCM controls INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (ENGINE START FUNCTION),


NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS [NVIS (NATS)] and VEHI-
CLE SECURITY SYSTEM. O
BCM performs the ID verification between BCM and Intelligent Key when the In-
telligent Key is carried into the detection area of inside key antenna, and push-
10. BCM button ignition switch is pressed. If the ID verification result is OK, ignition switch
operation is available. P
Then, when the ignition switch is turned ON, BCM performs ID verification be-
tween BCM and ECM. If the ID verification result is OK, ECM can start engine.
Refer to BCS-5, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for
detailed installation location.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-13 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
No. Component Function
Combination meter transmits the vehicle speed signal to BCM via CAN commu-
nication.
BCM also receives the vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication. BCM compares both signals to detect the
vehicle speed.
11. Combination meter
Security indicator lamp is located on combination meter.
Security indicator lamp blinks when ignition switch is in any position other than
ON to warn that NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS [NVIS
(NATS)] is on board.
Refer to MWI-5, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
Door lock and unlock switch is integrated into the main power window and door
lock/unlock switch.
Main power window and door lock/unlock
12. Door lock and unlock switch transmits door lock/unlock operation signal to
switch
BCM.
Refer to DLK-19, "Door Lock and Unlock Switch (Driver Side)".
Door key cylinder switch is integrated into front door lock assembly (driver side).
Door key cylinder switch detects door LOCK/UNLOCK operation using me-
13. Front door lock assembly LH
chanical key, and then transmits the operation signal to BCM.
Refer to DLK-22, "Front Door Lock Assembly (LH)".
Outside key antenna (LH) detects whether Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle

cardiagn.com
14. Outside key antenna LH or not, and then transmits the signal to the BCM.
Refer to DLK-20, "Outside Key Antenna (LH)".
15. Door request switch LH Door request switch transmits door lock/unlock request signal to the BCM.
Inside key antenna (console) detects whether Intelligent Key is inside the vehi-
16. Inside key antenna (console) cle or not, and then transmits the signal to the BCM.
Refer to DLK-20, "Inside Key Antenna (Console)".
17. Rear door lock actuator LH Rear door lock actuator locks/unlocks the rear door latch assembly.
Outside key antenna (Rear bumper) detects whether Intelligent Key is outside
18. Outside key antenna (rear bumper) the vehicle or not, and then transmits the signal to the BCM.
Refer to DLK-20, "Outside Key Antenna (Rear Bumper)".
19. Back door opener switch Back door request switch transmits door lock/unlock request signal to the BCM.
20. Back door lock assembly Back door lock actuator locks/unlocks the back door latch assembly.

INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER


INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014910823

ALKIA2461ZZ

No. Component Function


1. Auto anti-dazzling inside mirror DLK-24, "Integrated Homelink Transmitter"

AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM

Revision: December 2016 DLK-14 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000014910824

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

P
ALKIA4625ZZ

A. View of LH side of instrument panel. B. View with luggage side lower finisher C. View of back door open.
removed.
D. View of rear bumper with rear fascia E. View of back door. F. View with rear fascia removed.
removed.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-15 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

No. Component Function


Transmits and receives signal to the automatic back door control module.
1. BCM Refer to BCS-5, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed
installation location.
2. Automatic back door switch DLK-16, "Automatic Back Door Switch"
3. Automatic back door main switch DLK-16, "Automatic Back Door Main Switch"
Automatic back door control mod-
4. DLK-16, "Automatic Back Door Control Unit"
ule
5. Automatic back door close switch DLK-17, "Automatic Back Door Close Switch"
6. Back door lock assembly DLK-17, "Back Door Lock Assembly"
7. Touch sensor LH DLK-22, "Touch Sensor"
8. Spindle unit LH DLK-22, "Spindle Unit"
9. Touch sensor RH DLK-22, "Touch Sensor"
10. Spindle unit RH DLK-22, "Spindle Unit"
Automatic back door warning
11. DLK-17, "Automatic Back Door Warning Buzzer"
buzzer
12. Back door opener switch DLK-18, "Back Door Opener Switch"

cardiagn.com
Motion activated back door sen-
13. DLK-23, "Motion Activated Back Door Sensors"
sor (upper)
Motion activated back door sen-
14. DLK-23, "Motion Activated Back Door Sensors"
sor (lower)
Motion activated back door con-
15. DLK-24, "Motion Activated Back Door Control Unit"
trol unit

Automatic Back Door Control Unit INFOID:0000000014910825

• Automatic back door control unit controls the automatic back door system.
• Automatic back door control unit is installed behind luggage side lower finisher LH.
Automatic Back Door Switch INFOID:0000000014910826

• When automatic back door switch is pressed, back door auto open/close operation is detected and transmits
automatic back door switch signal to automatic back door control unit. Pressing the switch while the auto-
matic back door is in motion will stop the movement.
• Automatic back door switch is installed in the instrument lower
panel LH.

JMKIB2930ZZ

Automatic Back Door Main Switch INFOID:0000000014910827

• Controls automatic back door open/close operation of automatic back door open/close function.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-16 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Automatic back door main switch is installed in the instrument
lower panel LH. A

JMKIB5069ZZ

D
Automatic Back Door Warning Buzzer INFOID:0000000014910828

• Warns the user of the automatic back door condition and inappropriate operations with the buzzer sounds. E
• Automatic back door warning buzzer is installed behind rear
bumper fascia assembly.
F

cardiagn.com
G

H
JMKIB5070ZZ

Automatic Back Door Close Switch INFOID:0000000014910829 I

• When automatic back door close switch is pressed, back door auto close or reverse operation is detected
and transmits automatic back door close switch signal to automatic back door control unit. J
• Automatic back door close switch is installed in the back door inner
finisher.
DLK

M
JMKIB2930ZZ

Back Door Lock Assembly INFOID:0000000014910830 N

WITHOUT AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM MODELS


• Back door lock assembly integrates back door opener actuator and back door switch. O
• Back door opener actuator opens the back door according to the back door open signal from BCM.
• Back door switch detects open/close status of back door.
P

Revision: December 2016 DLK-17 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Back door lock assembly is installed in the back door panel.

JMKIB2941ZZ

WITH AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM MODELS


• Back door lock assembly integrates back door closure motor, half latch switch, open switch, close switch
and back door switch.
• Closure motor: Inputs open/close signal from automatic back door control unit and activates the back door
auto closure operation.
• Half latch switch: Detects the half latch status of back door.
• Open switch: Detects the open status of back door.
• Close switch: Detects the fully closed status of back door.

cardiagn.com
• Back door switch: Detects open/close status of back door.
• Back door lock assembly is installed in the back door panel.

JMKIB2942ZZ

Automatic Back Door Opener Switch INFOID:0000000014910831

Door switch detects open/close status of door and transmits door switch signal to BCM.
• Detects open operation of automatic back door.
• Transmits automatic back door opener switch signal to automatic back door control module.
Back Door Opener Switch INFOID:0000000014910833

• Back door opener switch (1) transmits back door opener switch signal to BCM.
• Back door opener switch (1) is integrated in outside handle (back
door).

JMKIA9354ZZ

Back Door Request Switch INFOID:0000000014910834

• Back door request switch (1) transmits back door request switch signal to BCM.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-18 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Back door request switch (1) is integrated in outside handle (back
door). A

JMKIA9355ZZ

D
Door Lock and Unlock Switch (Driver Side) INFOID:0000000014910835

• Door lock and unlock switch transmits door lock/unlock signal operation to BCM.
• Door lock and unlock switch is Integrated in the main power window and door lock/unlock switch. E

Door Lock and Unlock Switch (Passenger Side) INFOID:0000000014910836

• Door lock and unlock switch transmits door lock/unlock signal operation to BCM. F
• Door lock and unlock switch is Integrated in the power window and door lock/unlock switch RH.

cardiagn.com
Remote Keyless Entry Receiver INFOID:0000000014910837
G
• Remote keyless entry receiver receives button operation signal
and key ID signal of Intelligent Key and then transmits them to
BCM. H
• Remote keyless entry receiver is installed in the right side D pillar.

J
JMKIA8647ZZ

Inside Key Antenna (Instrument Center) INFOID:0000000014910838 DLK

• Inside key antenna (instrument center) detects that Intelligent Key


is within the inside detection area, and then transmits detection
status to BCM. L

JMKIA8646ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-19 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Inside Key Antenna (Console) INFOID:0000000014910839

• Inside key antenna (console) detects that Intelligent Key is within


the inside detection area, and then transmits detection status to
BCM.

JMKIA8646ZZ

Outside Key Antenna (Rear Bumper) INFOID:0000000014910840

• Outside key antenna (rear bumper) detects that Intelligent Key is


within the outside detection area, and then transmits detection sta-
tus to BCM. Request signal is transmitted simultaneously to Intelli-
gent Key.
• Outside key antenna (rear bumper) is installed in the rear of rear

cardiagn.com
bumper.

JMKIA8646ZZ

Outside Key Antenna (LH) INFOID:0000000014910841

• Outside key antenna (LH) detects that Intelligent Key is within the
outside detection area, and then transmits detection status to
BCM. Request signal is transmitted simultaneously to Intelligent
Key.
• Outside key antenna (LH) is installed in driver side outside handle.

JMKIA8648ZZ

Outside Key Antenna (RH) INFOID:0000000014910842

• Outside key antenna (RH) detects that Intelligent Key is within the
outside detection area, and then transmits detection status to
BCM. Request signal is transmitted simultaneously to Intelligent
Key.
• Outside key antenna (RH) is installed in passenger side outside
handle.

JMKIA8648ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-20 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer INFOID:0000000014910843

A
• Intelligent Key warning buzzer warns the user, who is outside vehi-
cle, of operation confirmation according to Intelligent Key operation
and door request switch operation, or of an inappropriate opera- B
tion.
• Intelligent Key warning buzzer is installed in the rear of front
bumper and behind RH headlight.
C

D
JMKIA8650ZZ

Front Door Request Switch (LH) INFOID:0000000014910844


E
• Front door request switch (LH) transmits door request switch sig-
nal to BCM.
• Front door request switch (LH) (1) is integrated in driver side out- F
side handle.

cardiagn.com
G

H
JMKIA9353ZZ

Front Door Request Switch (RH) INFOID:0000000014910845


I
• Front door request switch (RH) transmits door request switch sig-
nal to BCM.
• Front door request switch (RH) (1) is integrated in passenger side J
outside handle.

DLK

L
JMKIA9353ZZ

Front Door Switch INFOID:0000000014910846


M
Door switch detects open/close status of door and transmits door
switch signal to BCM.
N

JMKIA6526ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-21 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Rear Door Switch INFOID:0000000014910847

Door switch detects open/close status of door and transmits door


switch signal to BCM.

JMKIA6526ZZ

Front Door Lock Assembly (LH) INFOID:0000000014910848

• Door lock actuator and unlock sensor are Integrated in driver door lock assembly.
• Door lock actuator receives lock/unlock signal from BCM, and then locks/unlocks driver door.
• Only front door lock assembly (driver side) integrates unlock sen-
sor. Unlock sensor transmits lock/unlock status of driver door to
BCM.

cardiagn.com
JMKIA8649ZZ

Touch Sensor INFOID:0000000014910849

During back door close operation, the touch sensor detects any
trapped foreign material.

JMKIB2940ZZ

Spindle Unit INFOID:0000000014910850

• Spindle unit integrates encoder


• Encoder: Automatic back door control unit receives the pulse signals from encoders A and B that occurred
due to synchronization with the back door operation. The automatic back door control unit calculates the
back door position, operation direction, and operation speed according to the received pulse signals.
• Spindle motor: Inputs open/close signal from automatic back door
control unit and activates the automatic back door open/close
operation.

JMKIB2939ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-22 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Motion Activated Back Door Sensors INFOID:0000000014910851


A
• Motion activated back door sensor (upper) (1) and motion acti-
vated back door sensor (lower) (2) are installed in the rear fascia.
B

JMKIB5311ZZ

E
• When the user performs a kick motion toward rear bumper while
carrying Intelligent Key as shown in the figure, motion activated
back door sensor (upper) detects shin motion of leg and motion
activated back door sensor (lower) detects instep motion of foot. F
This varies the voltage waveform of motion activated back door
sensor. Motion activated back door sensor control unit judges user

cardiagn.com
operation by detecting the voltage change of motion activated back G
door sensors.
NOTE:
Voltage generated in communication circuit between motion acti-
vated back door sensor and motion activated back door sensor H
ALKIA4111GB
control unit is extremely low and therefore cannot be measured.

• It is necessary to perform a kick motion within space as shown in I


the figure for activating the motion activated back door sensors
completely. The detection area may differ depending on the condi-
tions of the surroundings. J

DLK

L
ALKIA4112GB

JMKIB5335GB
P
• Intelligent Key must be carried for starting the operation of the automatic back door open/close function by
motion activated back door sensor operation (hands free function) with the back door stopped. Intelligent
Key does not need to be carried when stopping the back door operation during automatic back door open/
close operation (automatic open/close temporary stop function).

Revision: December 2016 DLK-23 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Motion Activated Back Door Control Unit INFOID:0000000014910852

• Motion activated back door control unit is installed in the rear fas-
cia.

JMKIB5312ZZ

• Motion activated back door control unit judges user operation by detecting the voltage waveform change of
motion activated back door sensor (upper) and motion activated back door sensor (lower). The motion acti-
vated back door control unit then transmits the automatic back door operation request signal to automatic
back door control unit via serial communication.
Integrated Homelink Transmitter INFOID:0000000014910853

cardiagn.com
Within the Homelink® transmitter a maximum of 3 radio signals can be stored and transmitted to operate the
garage door, etc.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-24 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM (POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM)
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000014910854

ALKIA3447GB F

System Description

cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000014910855

G
DOOR LOCK FUNCTION
Door Lock and Unlock Switch
H
• The door lock and unlock switch (driver side) is built into main power window and door lock/unlock switch.
• The door lock and unlock switch (passenger side) is built into power window and door lock/unlock switch
RH.
• Interlocked with the locking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors are I
locked.
• Interlocked with the unlocking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors actu-
ator are unlocked. J
Door Key Cylinder Switch
• With the mechanical key inserted in the door key cylinder on driver side, turning it to lock position locks door
lock actuator of all doors. DLK
• With the mechanical key inserted in the door key cylinder on driver side, turning it to unlock position once
unlocks the driver side door, turning it to unlock position again within 60 seconds after the first unlock opera-
tion unlocks all of the other doors. (SELECTIVE UNLOCK OPERATION)
Selective unlock operation mode can be changed using CONSULT. L
Refer to BCS-16, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)".
IGNITION POSITION WARNING FUNCTION
M
When door lock and unlock switch are operated while driver side door is open and ignition position is ACC or
ON, door locks once but immediately unlocks.
INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL FUNCTION N
Interior room lamp is controlled according to door lock/unlock state, refer to INL-7, "INTERIOR ROOM LAMP
CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION) O
The interlock door lock function is the function that locks all doors linked with the vehicle speed or shift posi-
tion. It has 2 types as per the following items.
Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock P
All doors are locked when the vehicle speed reaches 24 km/h (15 MPH) or more.
BCM outputs the lock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the ignition switch is turned ON, all
doors are closed and the vehicle speed received from the combination meter via CAN communication
becomes 24 km/h (15 MPH) or more.
P Range Interlock Door Lock
All doors are locked when shifting the selector lever from the P (Park) position to any position other than P
(Park).
Revision: December 2016 DLK-25 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
SYSTEM (POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BCM outputs the lock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion, all doors are closed and the shift signal received from the park position switch when shifted from the P
(Park) position to any position other than P (Park).
Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function
The lock operation setting of the automatic door lock/unlock function can be changed.
With CONSULT
The ON/OFF switching of the automatic door lock function and the type selection of the automatic door lock/
unlock function can be performed at the “Work support” setting.
Without CONSULT
The automatic door lock function ON/OFF can be switched by performing the following operation:
1. Close all doors (door switch OFF)
2. Ignition switch: OFF→ON
3. Press and hold the door lock and unlock switch for 5 seconds or more in the lock direction within 20 sec-
onds after turning the ignition switch ON.
4. The switching complete when the hazard lamp blinks.

OFF → ON : 2 blinks
ON → OFF : 1 blink

cardiagn.com
AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)
The automatic door lock/unlock function is the function that unlocks all doors linked with the key position or
shift position. It has 2 types as per the following items:
IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock
All doors are unlocked when the power supply position is changed from ON to OFF.
BCM outputs the unlock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the power supply position is
changed from ignition switch ON to OFF.
P Range Interlock Door Unlock
All doors are unlocked when shifting the selector lever from any position other than P to the P position.
BCM outputs the unlock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the ignition switch is in the ON
position and the shift signal received from park position switch when shifted from any position other than P to
the P position.
Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function
The unlock operation setting of the automatic door lock/unlock function can be changed.
With CONSULT
The ON/OFF switching of the automatic door lock/unlock function and the type selection of the automatic door
lock/unlock function can be performed at the “Work support” setting.
Without CONSULT
The automatic door lock/unlock function ON/OFF can be switched by performing the following operation:
1. Close all doors (door switch OFF)
2. Ignition switch: OFF→ON
3. Press and hold the door lock and unlock switch for 5 seconds or more in the unlock direction within 20
seconds after turning the power supply position ON.
4. The switching is complete when the hazard lamp blinks.

OFF → ON : 2 blinks
ON → OFF : 1 blink

Revision: December 2016 DLK-26 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
A
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Diagram INFOID:0000000014910856
B

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

L
ALKIA3690GB

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000014910857 M

• The Intelligent Key system is a system that makes it possible to lock and unlock the door locks (door lock/
unlock function) by carrying the Intelligent Key, which operates based on the results of electronic ID verifica-
tion using two-way communication between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle (BCM). N
CAUTION:
The driver should always carry the Intelligent Key.
• The settings for each function can be changed with CONSULT. O
• If an Intelligent Key is lost, a new Intelligent Key can be registered. A maximum of 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered.
• It is possible to perform a diagnosis on the system and register an Intelligent Key with CONSULT.
P
Function Description Refer
Door lock Lock/unlock can be performed by pressing the request switch. DLK-27
The back door can be opened by carrying the Intelligent Key and pressing the
Back door opener DLK-30
back door opener switch.
Lock/unlock can be performed by pressing the remote controller button of the In-
Remote keyless entry DLK-28
telligent Key.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-27 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Function Description Refer
The key reminder buzzer sounds a warning if the door is locked with the key left
Key reminder DLK-34
inside the vehicle.
If an action that does not meet the operating condition of the Intelligent Key sys-
Warning DLK-34
tem is taken, the buzzer sounds to inform the driver.
Interior room lamp control Interior room lamp is controlled according to door lock/unlock state. DLK-27
Panic alarm When Intelligent Key panic alarm button is pressed, horn sounds. DLK-34

DOOR LOCK FUNCTION


DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram INFOID:0000000014910858

cardiagn.com
AWKIA3256GB

DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000014910859

Only when pressing the door request switch it is possible to lock and unlock the door by carrying the Intelligent
Key.
OPERATION DESCRIPTION
• When the BCM detects that each door request switch is pressed, it activates the outside key antenna and
inside key antenna corresponding to the pressed door request switch and transmits the request signal to the
Intelligent Key. Then check that the Intelligent Key is near the door.
• If the Intelligent Key is within the outside key antenna detection area, it receives the request signal and
transmits the key ID signal to the BCM.
• BCM receives the key ID signal and compares it with the registered key ID.
• BCM locks/unlocks each doors (except back door).
• BCM sounds Intelligent Key warning buzzer (lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) and blinks hazard warning lamps
(lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time as a reminder.
OPERATION CONDITION
If the following conditions are satisfied, door lock/unlock operation is performed if the door request switch is
operated.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-28 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Each door request switch operation Operation condition A


• All doors are closed.
• Panic alarm is not activated.
Lock • P (Park) position warning is not activated.
B
• Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.
• Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area*.
• Panic alarm is not activated.
Unlock • Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle. C
• Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area*.
*: Even with a registered Intelligent Key remaining inside the vehicle, door locks can be locked/unlocked from outside of the vehicle with
a spare Intelligent Key as long as key IDs are different. D
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA
The outside key antenna detection area of door lock/unlock function
is in the range of approximately 80 cm (31.50 in) surrounding the E
driver, passenger door handles (1) and back door handle (2). How-
ever, this operating range depends on the ambient conditions.
F

cardiagn.com
G

JMKIA5224ZZ
H
SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION
Lock Operation
When a LOCK signal is sent from door request switch (driver side, passenger side, back door), all doors are I
locked.
Unlock Operation
• When an UNLOCK signal from driver side door request switch is transmitted, driver side door are unlocked. J
When another UNLOCK signal is transmitted within 60 seconds, all other doors (except back door) are
unlocked.
• When an UNLOCK signal from passenger side door request switch is transmitted, passenger side door is DLK
unlocked. When another UNLOCK signal is transmitted within 60 seconds, all other doors (except back
door) are unlocked.
• When an UNLOCK signal from back door request switch is transmitted, back door open permission is set.
When another UNLOCK signal is transmitted within 60 seconds, all doors (except back door) are unlocked. L

How To Change Selective Unlock Operation Mode


Selective unlock operation mode can be changed using CONSULT.
M
Refer to BCS-21, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".
HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION
During lock or unlock operation by each door request switch, the hazard warning lamps and Intelligent Key N
warning buzzer blinks or honks as a reminder.
Operating Function Of Hazard And buzzer Reminder
O
Operation Hazard warning lamp blinks Intelligent Key warning buzzer honks
Unlock Once Once
Lock Twice Twice P
Hazard and buzzer reminder does not operate in the following conditions:
• Ignition switch position is ON.
• Door is open (only lock operation).
How To Change Hazard And Buzzer Reminder Mode
Hazard and buzzer reminder mode can be changed using CONSULT.
Refer to BCS-21, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-29 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION
After door is unlocked by door request switch operation and if 60 seconds or more passes without performing
the following operation, all doors are automatically locked. However, operation check function does not acti-
vate.

• Door switch is ON (door is open).


Operating condition • Door is locked.
• Push switch is pressed.

How To Change Auto Door Lock Operation Mode


Auto door lock operation mode can be changed using CONSULT.
Refer to BCS-21, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".
LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

Intelligent Key warning buzzer


CAN communication system

Push-button ignition switch


Hazard warning lamp
Outside key antenna
Door request switch

Inside key antenna


Door lock actuator
Intelligent Key

Door switch

BCM
Function

cardiagn.com
Door lock/unlock function × × × × × × ×
Hazard reminder function × × × ×
Selective unlock function × × × × × ×
Auto door lock function × × × ×

BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION


BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System Diagram INFOID:0000000014910860

AWKIA2588GB

BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000014910861

This section describes the operation of the back door opener switch.
• The back door open function can open the back door by pressing the back door opener switch while carrying
the Intelligent Key and all doors (except back door) are locked.
• The back door open function enables the back door to be opened by pressing back door opener switch after
BCM transmits UNLOCK signal to each door.
BACK DOOR OPEN

Revision: December 2016 DLK-30 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
While back door open in the permitted state, back door opens when back door opener switch is pressed after
back door request switch is operated. Back door open also can be operated according to the following proce- A
dure.
• When the BCM detects that back door opener switch is pressed, it activates the outside key antenna (rear
bumper) and inside key antenna and transmits the request signal to the Intelligent Key and then, checks that
B
the Intelligent Key is near the back door.
• If the Intelligent Key is within the outside key antenna detection area, it receives the request signal and
transmits the key ID signal to the BCM.
• BCM receives the key ID signal and compares it with the registered key ID. C
• If the verification result is OK, BCM transmits the back door open request signal to automatic back door con-
trol module via CAN communication.
• Automatic back door control module transmits back door open request signal to back door lock assembly D
and back door is open.
• When the back door is open, automatic back door system performs waiting operation for next back door
close operation.
The operation of then back door open is the same as the automatic back door system, refer to DLK-40, E
"System Diagram".
OPERATION CONDITION
If the following conditions are not satisfied, back door open operation is not performed even if the back door F
opener switch is operated.

cardiagn.com
Back door opener switch operation Operation condition G
• Vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h (3 MPH).
• Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna (rear bumper)
Back door open detection area. H
• Back door is closed.
• Panic alarm is not activated.

OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA I


The outside key antenna detection area of back door open function
is in the range of approximately 80 cm (31.50 in) surrounding the
outside key antenna (rear bumper) (1). However, this operating J
range depends on the ambient conditions.

DLK

L
JMKIA5225ZZ

LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS


Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation. M
Automatic back door control module
Outside key antenna (rear bumper)

N
CAN communication system
Back door lock assembly
Back door opener switch

Inside key antenna


Intelligent Key

O
BCM

Function

Back door open function × × × × × × × ×

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

Revision: December 2016 DLK-31 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Diagram INFOID:0000000014910862

AWKIA3258GB

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description

cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000014910863

The Intelligent Key has the same functions as the remote control entry system. Therefore, it can be used in the
same manner as the remote controller by operating the door lock/unlock button.
OPERATION
Remote keyless entry system controls operation of the following items:
• Door lock/unlock function
• Selective unlock function
• Auto door lock function
• Hazard and horn reminder function
• Automatic back door open/close function
• Remote engine start
OPERATION AREA
The remote keyless entry operating range is approximately 60 m (197 ft) from the vehicle.
DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION
• When door lock/unlock button of the Intelligent Key is pressed, lock signal or unlock signal transmitted from
Intelligent Key to BCM.
• When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates all door lock actuators, blinks the hazard lamp
(lock: 2 time, unlock: 1 times) and horn chirp signal to IPDM E/R at the same time as a reminder.
• IPDM E/R honks horn (lock: 1 time) as a reminder.
OPERATION CONDITION
If the following condition are satisfied, remote keyless entry operation is performed when the Intelligent Key is
operated:

Remote controller operation Operation condition


• Panic alarm is not activated.
Lock
• P (Park) position warning is not activated.
Unlock Panic alarm is not activated.

SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION


• When a LOCK signal is transmitted from Intelligent Key, all doors are locked.
• When an UNLOCK signal is transmitted from Intelligent Key once, driver side door are unlocked.
• Then, if an UNLOCK signal is transmitted from Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds, all other doors
(except for back door) are unlocked.
How to change selective unlock operation mode.
Selective unlock operation mode can be changed using CONSULT.
Refer to BCS-16, "DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-32 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION
After door is unlocked by Intelligent Key button operation and if 60 seconds or more passes without performing A
the following operation, all doors are locked. However, operation check function does not activate.

• Door switch is ON. (door is open) B


Operating condition • Door is locked.
• Push switch is pressed.
How to change auto door lock operation mode. C
Auto door lock mode can be changed using CONSULT.
Refer to BCS-21, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".
HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION D
When doors are locked or unlocked by Intelligent Key, BCM blinks hazard warning lamps as a reminder.
The hazard and horn reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode).
Operating Function of Hazard and Horn Reminder E

C mode S mode
Intelligent Key operation Lock Unlock Lock Unlock F
Hazard warning lamp blinks Twice Once Twice —

cardiagn.com
Horn sound Once — — —
G
Hazard and horn reminder does not operate in the following conditions:
• Ignition switch position is ON.
• Door is open (only lock operation).
H
How to Change Hazard and Horn Reminder Mode
With CONSULT
Hazard and horn reminder operation mode can be changed using CONSULT. I
Refer to BCS-21, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".
Without CONSULT
When LOCK and UNLOCK signals are sent from the Intelligent Key for more than 2 seconds at the same time, J
the hazard and horn reminder mode is changed and hazard warning lamp blinks and horn sounds as per the
following items:

DLK

M
JMKIA2755GB

AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION N


When back door button of Intelligent Key is pressed for 0.4 second or more, back door open automatically for
detailed description, refer to DLK-40, "System Description".
LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS O
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-33 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Automatic back door control module


CAN communication system
Push-button ignition switch

Back door lock assembly


Hazard warning lamp
Combination meter
Door lock actuator
Intelligent Key

Door switch

IPDM E/R
BCM

Horn
Function

Door lock/unlock function × × × ×


Selective unlock function × × × ×
Auto door lock function × × × × ×
Hazard and horn reminder function × × × × × ×
Automatic back door open/close function × × × × ×

WARNING FUNCTION

cardiagn.com
WARNING FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000014910864

OPERATION DESCRIPTION
The warning function are as per the following items and are given to the user as warning information and
warnings using combinations of Intelligent Key warning buzzer, combination meter buzzer, KEY warning lamp
and information display in combination meter:
• Intelligent Key system malfunction
• OFF position warning
• P position warning
• Take away warning
• Door lock operation warning
• Engine start information
• Intelligent Key low battery warning
• Key ID warning
• Key ID verification information
OPERATION CONDITION
Once the following condition from below is established, alert or warning is executed:

Warning/Information functions Operation procedure


Intelligent Key system malfunction When a malfunction is detected on BCM, “KEY” warning lamp illuminates.
When condition A, B or condition C is satisfied
• Condition A
- Ignition switch: ACC position
- Door switch (driver side): ON (Door is open)
• Condition B
For internal - Turn ignition switch from ON to OFF while door is open
• Condition C
- Intelligent Key backside is contacted to ignition switch while brake pedal
OFF position warning is depressed and ignition switch is LOCK or OFF (When the Intelligent
Key battery is discharged)
- Door switch (driver side): ON (Door is open)
OFF position warning (For internal) is in active mode, driver side door is
closed.
NOTE:
For external
OFF position (For external) active only when each of the sequence occurs
as below: P position warning → ACC warning → OFF position warning (For
internal) → OFF position warning (For internal)

Revision: December 2016 DLK-34 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Warning/Information functions Operation procedure
A
• Shift position: Except P (Park) position
For internal
• Engine is running to stopped (ignition switch is ON to OFF)
P position warning
Warning is activated when driver door is closed from the open position
For external B
while the P (Park) position warning (for inside vehicle) is ON.
• When P (Park) position warning is in active mode, shift position changes
ACC warning P (Park) position
• Ignition switch: ACC position C
• Ignition switch: Except Lock position
Door is open to close • Door switch: ON to OFF (Door is open to close)
• Intelligent Key cannot be detected inside the vehicle D
• Ignition switch: Except Lock position
• Door switch: ON (Door is open)
Take away warning Door is open
• Key ID verification every 5 seconds when registered Intelligent Key can-
not be detected inside the vehicle E
• Ignition switch: Except Lock position
Push-button ignition
• Press push-button ignition switch
switch operation
• Intelligent Key cannot be detected inside the vehicle F
When door lock operation is requested while door lock operating condition
Door lock operation warning
of door request switch or Intelligent Key are not satisfied

cardiagn.com
• Ignition switch: ON position G
Ignition switch is ON po-
• Shift position: P (Park) position*
sition
• Engine is stopped
Engine start information • Ignition switch: Except ON position H
Ignition switch is except • Shift position: P (Park) position*
ON position • Intelligent Key is inserted in key slot or Intelligent Key can be detected
inside the vehicle
I
When Intelligent Key is low battery, BCM is detected after ignition switch is
Intelligent Key low battery warning
turned ON
When registered Intelligent Key cannot be detected inside the vehicle after
Key ID warning J
ignition switch is turned ON
• When registered Intelligent Key cannot be detected inside the vehicle
Key ID verification information • Intelligent Key battery is discharged
• When NATS antenna amp cannot be detected NATS ID DLK

WARNING METHOD
The following table shows the alarm or warning methods with chime:
L

“KEY” Warning chime


Information display
Warning/Information functions warning Combination Intelligent Key
(combination meter) M
lamp meter buzzer warning buzzer
Intelligent Key system malfunction Indicate — — —

OFF position For internal — — Activate —


N
warning For external — — — Activate
For internal Activate —
O

P position

warning For external — Active
P

ALKIA2515GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-35 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

“KEY” Warning chime


Information display
Warning/Information functions warning Combination Intelligent Key
(combination meter)
lamp meter buzzer warning buzzer
Door is open to
Activate Activate
close
Door is open — —
Take away

warning
Push-button igni-
tion switch opera- Activate —
tion
ALKIA2517GB

Door lock op- Request switch


— — — Activate
eration warn- operation
ing Intelligent Key — — — Activate

Key ID warning — — —

cardiagn.com
ALKIA2518GB

Intelligent Key low battery warning — — —

ALKIA2520GB

Key ID verification information — — —

ALKIA2521ZZ

LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS


Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.
Intelligent Key warning buzzer

CAN communication system


Combination meter buzzer
Outside key antenna

“KEY” warning lamp


Door request switch

Inside key antenna

Information display
Intelligent Key

Ignition switch

Door switch

BCM

Warning function

Intelligent Key system malfunction × × ×


For internal × × × ×
OFF position warning
For external × × ×
P (Park) position warning × × × × × ×

Revision: December 2016 DLK-36 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Intelligent Key warning buzzer

CAN communication system


Combination meter buzzer
A

Outside key antenna

“KEY” warning lamp


Door request switch

Inside key antenna

Information display
Intelligent Key

Ignition switch

Door switch

BCM
Warning function B

Door is open or close × × × × × × × × ×


D
Door is open × × × × × × ×
Take away warning
Push-button ignition switch
× × × × × × × ×
operation
E
Door lock operation warning × × × × × × ×
Key ID warning × × × × × ×
Ignition switch is ON position × × × × × × F
Engine start information Ignition switch is except ON
× × × × × ×
position

cardiagn.com
Intelligent Key low battery warning × × × × × × G
Key ID verification information × × × × ×

REMOTE ENGINE START FUNCTION H

REMOTE ENGINE START FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000014910865

I
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

DLK

N
AWKIA3258GB

OPERATION O
Remote keyless entry system controls operation of the following items:
• Door lock/unlock function
• Selective unlock function
P
• Auto door lock function
• Hazard and horn reminder function
• Automatic back door open/close function
• Remote engine start
OPERATION AREA
The remote engine start operating range is approximately 60 m (197 ft) from the vehicle but not inside the
vehicle.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-37 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
REMOTE ENGINE START FUNCTION
• The remote engine start function is activated when the lock button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and
released, and then within 5 seconds, the remote engine start button is pressed and held for at least 2 sec-
onds. At this time, a start signal is transmitted from the Intelligent Key to the BCM via the remote keyless
entry receiver.
• When the BCM receives the lock signal, it locks all doors, flashes the hazard lamps and chirps the horn (the
horn will chirp only if the answer back horn feature is activated).
• When the BCM receives a successful remote engine start signal, the turn signals will flash once and the
parking/tail lamps will come on.
• To enter normal engine run mode from inside the vehicle, depress and hold the brake pedal then press the
push-button ignition switch.
• To cancel the remote engine start mode away from the vehicle, press the remote engine start button on the
Intelligent Key.
• Once the vehicle has been started using the remote engine start feature, it will remain running for 10 min-
utes. Extended run time can be added to the initial 10 minute running time by first pressing and releasing the
lock button and then within 5 seconds, pressing and holding the remote engine start button for at least 2 sec-
onds. The turn signals will flash once and an additional 10 minutes of running time will be added. The addi-
tional 10 minutes start when the extended run time is activated. Extended time can only be added once for a
maximum run time of up to 20 minutes.

• Anti-theft alarm is activated - unauthorized entry.

cardiagn.com
• Maximum time for engine to run by remote start has been exceeded.
• Hazard lamps are turned on.
Additional remote engine
• Push-button ignition switch is pressed without the Intelligent Key in the vehicle.
start cancel operations
• Push-button ignition switch is pressed without depressing the brake pedal first.
• The hood is opened while the remote engine start is engaged.
• The vehicle has been moved out of park before “brake and push” action is completed.
• Remote engine start must be set to ON within Vehicle Settings in the combination meter.
• Engine must be stopped (0 rpm) before engine can be remotely started.
- Must wait for 6 seconds or more after IGN RUN → OFF.
• Remote engine start can only be activated up to 2 times.
- Remote engine start extended time counts as 1 remote engine start activation.
- Cycling IGN via push-button ignition switch resets this counter.
• User has 5 seconds to press and hold remote engine start button after lock button is pressed.
• Remote engine start must be pressed and held for 2 seconds or more after lock button is pressed.
• Maximum remote start time is 20 minutes (this includes remote engine start extended time).
• Operation area is approximately 60 m (197 ft) from the vehicle but not inside the vehicle.
Limitations/Restrictions
• The push-button ignition switch must be in the LOCK or OFF power position.
• The vehicle must be in Park.
• Hazard flashers must not be on.
• There must not be any registered Intelligent Keys inside the vehicle.
• Brakes must not be pressed when attempting to activate remote engine start.
- Improper remote engine start operation can occur when stop lamp switch is misadjusted or inoperative.
• The doors must be closed.
• The back door must be closed.
• The hood must be closed.
• No current DTCs in the BCM can be present.

HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION


When remote engine start is initiated by Intelligent Key, BCM blinks hazard warning lamps as a reminder.
The hazard and horn reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode).
Operating Function of Hazard and Horn Reminder

C mode S mode
Intelligent Key operation Lock Unlock Lock Unlock
Hazard warning lamps blink Twice Once Twice —
Horn sounds Once — — —
Hazard and horn reminder does not operate in the following conditions:
• Ignition switch position is ON.
• Door is open (only lock operation).

Revision: December 2016 DLK-38 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
How to Change Hazard and Horn Reminder Mode
With CONSULT A
Hazard and horn reminder operation mode can be changed using CONSULT.
Refer to BCS-21, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".
Without CONSULT B
When LOCK and UNLOCK signals are sent from the Intelligent Key for more than 2 seconds at the same time,
the hazard and horn reminder mode is changed and hazard warning lamps blink and horn sounds as per the
following items: C

JMKIA2755GB
F
LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS
Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation.

cardiagn.com
G

Automatic back door control module


CAN communication system
Push-button ignition switch

Back door lock assembly


H

Hazard warning lamp


Combination meter
Door lock actuator
Intelligent Key

Door switch

IPDM E/R
BCM

Horn
Function I

Door lock/unlock function × × × × DLK


Selective unlock function × × × ×
Auto door lock function × × × × ×
Hazard and horn reminder function × × × × × ×
L

Automatic back door open/close function × × × × ×


Remote engine start function × × × × × × × × × ×
M

Revision: December 2016 DLK-39 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
System Diagram INFOID:0000000014910866

cardiagn.com
ALKIA4110GB

System Description INFOID:0000000014910867

The automatic back door system performs the automatic open/close operation of the back door by operating
the automatic back door switch, automatic back door close switch, back door opener switch, motion activated
back door sensor, and Intelligent Key.
Automatic back door system controls operation function of the following items:
• Hands free function (motion activated back door sensor operation)
• Automatic open/close temporary stop function
• Back door open position setting function
• Automatic back door open/close function
• Warning function
• Back door auto closure function
• Anti-pinch function

HANDS FREE FUNCTION (MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR OPERATION)

Revision: December 2016 DLK-40 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
The hands free function is a function that automatically opens/closes the back door when the user moves a
foot toward rear bumper and then pulls it back quickly (performs a kick motion). A
Motion Activated Back Door Sensor Operation
When the user performs a kick motion toward rear bumper while car-
rying Intelligent Key as shown in the figure, motion activated back B
door sensor (upper) detects shin motion of leg and motion activated
back door sensor (lower) detects instep motion of foot. This varies
the voltage waveform of motion activated back door sensor. Motion C
activated back door control unit judges user operation by detecting
the voltage change of motion activated back door sensor.
NOTE:
Voltage generated in the communication circuit between motion acti- D
vated back door sensor and motion activated back door control unit
is extremely low and therefore cannot be measured.
ALKIA4111GB
E
Motion Activated Back Door Sensor Detection Area
It is necessary to perform a kick motion within space as shown in the
figure for activating the motion activated back door sensor com-
pletely. The detection area may differ depending on the conditions of F
the surroundings.

cardiagn.com
G

ALKIA4112GB

DLK

L
JMKIB5335GB

NOTE:
• For activating the hands free function, a kick motion must be detected by both motion activated back door M
sensor (upper) and motion activated back door sensor (lower).
• Motion activated back door sensor may not operate in a place near a radio-wave generation source such as
a coin-operated parking lot or radio wave tower.
• Motion activated back door sensor may not operate if shoes that block static electricity (safety shoes, etc.) N
are worn when operating motion activated back door sensor.
• Motion activated back door sensor may not operate if there is any metal near rear bumper.
• Automatic open/close function may operate if motion activated back door sensor detects an animal, rain, an O
object, etc. when Intelligent Key is near the rear bumper.
• When automatic open function is activated by hands free function, BCM unlocks all doors and activates out-
side buzzer. (Depending on the settings of CONSULT, outside buzzer may not be activated. Refer to the set-
tings section of “ANSWER BACK I-KEY LOCK UNLOCK” in Work support.) P

Operation Condition
When all of the following conditions are satisfied:
• Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 mph)
• Shift position: P position
• Automatic back door main switch: ON position
• Intelligent Key: Within outside key antenna (rear bumper) detection area

Revision: December 2016 DLK-41 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Operation Description (Fully Closed to Fully Open of Back Door)
• When the user moves a foot toward rear bumper and pulls back quickly (performs a kick motion) while carry-
ing Intelligent Key, voltage waveform change of motion activated back door sensor (upper) and motion acti-
vated back door sensor (lower) occurs.
• Motion activated back door control unit judges user operation by detecting the voltage waveform change of
motion activated back door sensor (upper) and motion activated back door sensor (lower). The motion acti-
vated back door control unit then transmits automatic back door operation request signal to automatic back
door control unit via serial communication.
• When automatic back door control unit receives an automatic back door operation request signal from
motion activated back door control unit, the automatic back door control unit transmits a key ID verification
request signal to BCM via CAN communication.
• When BCM receives a key ID verification request signal, BCM activates outside key antenna (rear bumper)
and checks that Intelligent Key is near rear bumper.
• When Intelligent Key is within the outside key antenna (rear bumper) detection area, Intelligent Key receives
the request signal and transmits the key ID signal to BCM via remote keyless entry receiver.
• BCM receives key ID signal and verifies the received key ID with the registered key ID.
• When key IDs verification match, BCM transmits a key ID verification completed signal to automatic back
door control unit via CAN communication. When selective unlock function is OFF, BCM unlocks all doors
simultaneously. For details of selective unlock function, refer to DLK-28, "DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System
Description".
• When automatic back door control unit receives a key ID verification completed signal from BCM, the auto-

cardiagn.com
matic back door control unit operates back door auto closure function and opens back door.
• Automatic back door control unit operates the automatic open function after back door auto closure function
stops, and opens back door to the full open position* automatically.
*
: Full open position can be changed with back door open position setting function.

ALKIA4113GB

Operation Description (Fully Open to Fully Closed of Back Door)


• When the user moves a foot toward rear bumper and pulls back quickly (performs a kick motion) while carry-
ing Intelligent Key, voltage waveform change of motion activated back door sensor (upper) and motion acti-
vated back door sensor (lower) occurs.
• Motion activated back door control unit judges user operation by detecting the voltage waveform of motion
activated back door sensor (upper) and motion activated back door sensor (lower). The motion activated
back door control unit then transmits an automatic back door operation request signal to automatic back
door control unit via serial communication.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-42 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• When automatic back door control unit receives an automatic back door operation request signal from
motion activated back door control unit, the automatic back door control unit transmits a key ID verification A
request signal to BCM via CAN communication.
• When BCM receives key ID verification request signal, BCM activates outside key antenna (rear bumper)
and checks that Intelligent Key is near rear bumper.
B
• When Intelligent Key is within the outside key antenna (rear bumper) detection area, Intelligent Key receives
the request signal and transmits the key ID signal to BCM via remote keyless entry receiver.
• BCM receives a key ID signal and verifies it with the registered key ID.
• When the key IDs match, BCM transmits the key ID verification completed signal to automatic back door C
control unit via CAN communication.
• When automatic back door control unit receives key ID verification completed signal from BCM, the auto-
matic back door control unit operates automatic close function to close back door automatically until back D
door is in the ajar state (latch and striker are engaged).
• When automatic back door control unit detects back door ajar state, the unit operates back door auto closure
function to close back door completely.
E

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

L
ALKIA4114GB

AUTOMATIC OPEN/CLOSE TEMPORARY STOP FUNCTION M


Automatic open/close temporary stop function temporarily stops the open/close operation by operating back
door opener switch, automatic back door close switch, automatic back door switch, Intelligent Key or motion
activated back door sensor during automatic open/close operation or by turning automatic back door main
switch OFF. N

Each Switch, Intelligent Key or Motion Activated Back Door Sensor Operation
• Automatic open/close operation stops when back door opener switch, automatic back door close switch,
automatic back door switch, Intelligent Key or motion activated back door sensor is operated during auto- O
matic open/close operation.
• If the back door opener switch, automatic back door close switch, automatic back door switch, Intelligent
Key, or motion activated back door sensor is operated during the operation of automatic open/close tempo- P
rary stop function (back door operation is stopped), the back door direction of operation changes automati-
cally. As a result, the back door operates in the direction opposite to the direction of operation before
operation stop.
NOTE:
Even when the Intelligent Key is not carried, it is possible to operate the automatic open/close temporary stop
function by using the motion activated back door sensor.
Automatic Back Door Main Switch Operation

Revision: December 2016 DLK-43 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• When the automatic back door main switch is ON, and the automatic back door main switch is turned OFF
during the automatic open/close function, the automatic open/close operation stops.
• If the automatic back door main switch is turned ON again when the automatic open/close temporary stop
function is operating (back door operation is stopped), each switch becomes operable. The automatic oper-
ation restarts when any one of the switches, Intelligent Key, or motion activated back door sensor is oper-
ated.

BACK DOOR OPEN POSITION SETTING FUNCTION


Back door fully open position setting function is a function that enables users to set the full opening stop posi-
tion of automatic open operation when back door may contact an obstacle if fully opened by the automatic
open operation.
CAUTION:
• It is not possible to set the position farther than the initial setting fully open position in the open
direction.
• The position of back door cannot be set to approximately 30% or less than full open position. (Open-
ing angle cannot be set to approximately 28° or less.)
• If a vehicle is parked on a steep slope after setting the fully open position of back door to half open
or less, the door may open to near the half open position instead of stopping at the set position.
• When more than one user uses the vehicle, the back door fully open position setting function may
be changed. Be careful when operating automatic open operation for the first time.

cardiagn.com
Setting Procedure
By performing the following operations, stop position of the back door open position setting function can be
set.
1. Set the shift position to P range.
2. Fully close the back door. (When back door is already fully closed, this operation is not necessary.)
3. After turning OFF the automatic back door main switch, release the latch by back door opener switch
operation.
4. Manually move the back door to the desired stop position.
5. While maintaining the back door position, press and hold the automatic back door close switch for 3 sec-
onds or more. When the setting is successfully completed, automatic back door buzzer sounds (pattern
C).
Reset Procedure
By performing the following operation, the setting of the back door fully open position setting function can be
canceled.
1. Set the shift position to P range.
2. Open the back door to the fully open position.
3. Manually move the back door to the upper limit position in the opening direction.
4. Press and hold the automatic back door close switch for 3 seconds or more. When the setting is success-
fully completed, automatic back door buzzer sounds (pattern C).

AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION


Automatic back door open/close function operates auto open/close of back door according to operation of
automatic back door switch, automatic back door close switch, back door opener switch, motion activated
back door sensor, and Intelligent Key.
Operation Condition
When all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Shift position: P position
• Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 mph)
• Power supply (automatic power back door control unit): Approx. 11 V or more
Automatic Open/close Operation When Each Switch is Operated

Revision: December 2016 DLK-44 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
The automatic open/close operation when each switch is operated differs according to the stop position or
operating status of back door. Refer to the following. A

JMKIB3531GB

Automatic back door switch F


Condition
Automatic back door
Automatic back door Back door operation

cardiagn.com
Back door position Back door condition switch
main switch G
ON Non-operation
Full open Stop Long press (0.5 sec) Perform the automatic
OFF
close function H
Perform the automatic
Stop
close function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera- I
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
Fully open to just before tion operating tion
Long press (0.5 sec) J
fully open
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating OFF tion DLK
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
• Automatic close op- L
eration (Operation
before stop: when
opening automatical-
ly) M
Stop
• Automatic open oper-
ation (Operation be-
ON fore stop: when
N
closing automatical-
ly)
Middle Automatic open func- Long press (0.5 sec) Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion O
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Stop Non-operation P
Automatic open func-
tion operating OFF Stop of the auto opera-
Automatic close func- tion
tion operating

Revision: December 2016 DLK-45 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Condition
Automatic back door
Automatic back door Back door operation
Back door position Back door condition switch
main switch
Perform the automatic
Stop
open function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
Just before fully closed tion operating tion
Long press (0.5 sec)
to fully closed
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func-
tion operating OFF Stop of the auto opera-
Automatic close func- tion
tion operating
ON Non-operation
Full closed Stop Long press (0.5 sec) Perform the automatic
OFF
open function

Intelligent Key

cardiagn.com
Condition
Back door opera-
Back door condi- Automatic back Intelligent Key
Back door position Ignition switch tion
tion door main switch
ON Perform the auto-
Full open OFF Stop Long press (1 sec) matic close func-
OFF tion
Perform the auto-
Stop matic close func-
tion
Automatic open ON Stop of the auto op-
function operating eration
Automatic close Stop of the auto op-
Fully open to just function operating eration
OFF Long press (1 sec)
before fully open Perform the auto-
Stop matic close func-
tion
Automatic open OFF Stop of the auto op-
function operating eration
Automatic close Stop of the auto op-
function operating eration

Revision: December 2016 DLK-46 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Condition
Back door opera- A
Back door condi- Automatic back Intelligent Key
Back door position Ignition switch tion
tion door main switch
• Automatic close
operation (Oper- B
ation before
stop: when
opening auto-
matically)
C
Stop
• Automatic open
operation (Oper-
ON ation before D
stop: when clos-
ing automatical-
Middle OFF Long press (1 sec) ly)
Automatic open Stop of the auto op- E
function operating eration
Automatic close Stop of the auto op-
function operating eration F
Stop Non-operation

cardiagn.com
Automatic open Stop of the auto op-
function operating OFF eration G
Automatic close Stop of the auto op-
function operating eration
Perform the auto- H
Stop
matic open function
Automatic open Stop of the auto op-
ON
function operating eration I
Just before fully Automatic close Stop of the auto op-
closed to fully OFF function operating Long press (1 sec) eration
closed Stop Non-operation J
Automatic open Stop of the auto op-
function operating OFF eration
Automatic close Stop of the auto op- DLK
function operating eration
ON Perform the auto-
Full closed OFF Stop Long press (1 sec) L
OFF matic open function

Automatic back door close switch


Condition
Automatic back door M
Automatic back door Back door operation
Back door position Back door condition close switch
main switch
Perform the automatic N
ON
Full open Stop Press close function
OFF Non-operation
O

Revision: December 2016 DLK-47 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Condition
Automatic back door
Automatic back door Back door operation
Back door position Back door condition close switch
main switch
Perform the automatic
Stop
close function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
Fully open to just before tion operating tion
Press
fully open
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating OFF tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
• Automatic close op-
eration (Operation
before stop: when
opening automatical-
ly)
Stop

cardiagn.com
• Automatic open oper-
ation (Operation be-
ON fore stop: when
closing automatical-
ly)
Middle Automatic open func- Press Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating OFF tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Perform the automatic
Stop
open function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
Just before fully closed tion operating tion
Press
to fully closed
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating OFF tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion

Back door opener switch


Condition
Back door opener
Automatic back door Back door operation
Back door position Back door condition switch
main switch
ON
Full open Stop Press Non-operation
OFF

Revision: December 2016 DLK-48 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Condition
Back door opener A
Automatic back door Back door operation
Back door position Back door condition switch
main switch
Perform the automatic
Stop B
close function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera- C
Fully open to just before tion operating tion
Press
fully open
Stop Non-operation
D
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating OFF tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion E
• Automatic close op-
eration (Operation
before stop: when F
opening automatical-
ly)
Stop

cardiagn.com
• Automatic open oper-
ation (Operation be- G
ON fore stop: when
closing automatical-
ly)
H
Middle Automatic open func- Press Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
I
tion operating tion
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera- J
tion operating OFF tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
DLK
Perform the automatic
Stop
open function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera- L
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
Just before fully closed tion operating tion
Press
to fully closed M
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating OFF tion
N
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Perform the automatic
ON O
open function
Full closed Stop Press Perform the back door
OFF auto closure open oper-
ation P

Revision: December 2016 DLK-49 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Hands free function (kick motion sensor operation)
Condition
Motion activated back
Automatic back door Back door operation
Back door position Back door condition door sensor
main switch
Perform the automatic
ON
Full open Stop ON close function
OFF Non-operation
Perform the automatic
Stop
close function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
Fully open to just before tion operating tion
ON
fully open
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Automatic operation
tion operating OFF continues
Automatic close func- Automatic operation
tion operating continues
• Automatic close op-

cardiagn.com
eration (Operation
before stop: when
opening automatical-
ly)
Stop
• Automatic open oper-
ation (Operation be-
ON fore stop: when
closing automatical-
ly)
Middle Automatic open func- ON Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
tion operating tion
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Automatic operation
tion operating OFF continues
Automatic close func- Automatic operation
tion operating continues
Perform the automatic
Stop
open function
Automatic open func- Stop of the auto opera-
ON
tion operating tion
Automatic close func- Stop of the auto opera-
Just before fully closed tion operating tion
ON
to fully closed
Stop Non-operation
Automatic open func- Automatic operation
tion operating OFF continues
Automatic close func- Automatic operation
tion operating continues
Perform the automatic
ON
Full closed Stop ON open function
OFF Non-operation
NOTE:
Intelligent Key must be carried for starting the automatic open/close function by motion activated back door
sensor operation (hands free function) with the back door stopped. Intelligent Key does not need to be carried

Revision: December 2016 DLK-50 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
for stopping back door operation during automatic open/close function (automatic open/close temporary stop
function). A
Timing Chart (Full Closed to Fully Open Operation)

cardiagn.com
G

I
JMKIB3679GB

Timing Operation
J
Buzzer operate after operation permission conditions are satisfied.

After buzzer operation (A pattern) ends, back door closure motor starts the open operation.

Open SW turns ON, and back door latch release operation completes. DLK

Half latch SW turns ON, and then back door closure motor performs reverse operation and returns to the
neutral position.
L
When close SW turns OFF, back door closure motor reverse operation stops, and then completes return-
ing to the neutral position.

Timing Chart (Fully Open to Fully Closed Operation) M

JMKIB3680GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-51 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Timing Operation
Buzzer operate after operation permission conditions are satisfied.

After buzzer operation (A pattern) ends, spindle motor starts the close operation.

CONTROL IF NOT WITHIN THE OPERATION CONDITIONS DURING THE OPERATION


If the back door is not within the operation conditions during the operation, the automatic back door control unit
performs the control as follows.

Item
Back door operation status
(Condition)
Automatic back door main switch: ON→OFF Operation stops
Operation condition release during the operation start
Automatic back door function is not operating
announcement
Operation continues (once back door fully closed state is detected, au-
Shift position: P position→other than P position tomatic operation does not become available again until the shift posi-
tion is shifted to P range)
Automatic open function Operation stop [Back door fully closed or buzzer sounds until the vehi-
Vehicle speed operating cle stops (pattern B)]
(0 km/h (0 mph) → More than

cardiagn.com
1 km/h (0 MPH)) Automatic close func- The operation is continued [buzzer sounds (pattern B) until back door
tion operating fully closed]
Operation time
Operation stops
(More than approx. 180 sec.)
Malfunction detected
(Power supply circuit, half latch switch, and back door Operation stops
condition)
Open operation Operation stops
Close operation Operation stops

Touch sensor circuit Closure (close) opera-


Closure closing operation, or warning buzzer operates (B pattern)
(Normal → Open) tion
Closure [open (return
the latch to the neutral Operation continues
position)]

WARNING FUNCTION
The warning function is as follows and gives the user warning information using automatic back door warning
buzzer.
Automatic back door warning buzzer
Pattern Description Time

• Operation start announcement


A • Anti-pinch operation start announce- 0.75 sec
ment

JMKIA1862ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-52 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Pattern Description Time
A
The conditions are not satisfied in the fully
Back door fully closed or vehi-
B Pi------•••••• open position or during the operation, and
cle is stopped
then the operation continues
B

• Calibration of automatic back door posi-


tion information is complete C
C 2.5 sec
• Back door open position setting proce-
dure is complete

JMKIA6517ZZ D

BACK DOOR AUTO CLOSURE FUNCTION


E
Open Function
When back door opener switch is pressed and automatic back door main switch in the OFF position, BCM
transmits the back door open request signal to automatic back door control unit via CAN communication, and
automatic back door control unit opens back door lock assembly. F

Timing Chart (Open function)

cardiagn.com
G

DLK
JMKIB3494GB

Closure Function
When the back door is closed to the half-latch position, the motor drives to rotate the latch lever and pulls it in L
from half latched to fully latched and automatically closes the door. Then, the closure motor reverses to the
neutral position.
Timing Chart (Closure Function) M

JMKIB3495GB

ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION
Revision: December 2016 DLK-53 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• When pinching of foreign material is detected during the operation of automatic open/close function, the
back door is operated in the reverse direction.
• The detection methods are the following two types.
1. Overload detection (detection by encoder)
- When a drop in the operating speed is detected during the operation of the automatic open/close function,
this is judged as pinching, and reverse operation operates.
- If an overload by pinching or contact with foreign material is detected, reverse operation operates again.
At this time, when the second overload is detected, automatic operation stops.
2. Pinching detection (detection by back door touch sensor)
If the side part of the door pinches foreign material during the operation of automatic close function, the
touch sensor detects this, and the door operates in the reverse direction. If a reverse operation is per-
formed during driving, back door shifts to closing operation again. At this time, if the touch sensor detects
foreign material in the closing direction for a second time, automatic operation stops.
• Automatic operation is stopped when one of the following conditions is detected after the first overload or
pinching is detected.
- Automatic back door switch: ON
- Intelligent Key back door open button: ON
- Automatic back door close switch: ON
- Back door opener switch: ON
- Motion activated back door sensor: ON
- Overload detection or pinching detection: second time

cardiagn.com
Operation Condition

Detection method Encoder pulse Touch sensor


• Buzzer sounds (pattern A) and the back door stops in
Buzzer sounds (pattern A) the fully-open position after reverse operation
Stop the vehicle
and reverse operation • During closure (close) operation (at main switch OFF):
Operation when Closure [open (neutral position return)] operation
any trapped for-
eign material is de- • The back door reverses a certain amount, and then it
tected reverses automatically to perform the auto close oper-
Running the ve- No reverse operation (buzzer
ation
hicle sounds, pattern B)
• During closure (close) operation (at main switch ON):
Closure (open) operation
• Just after starting the mo-
tor operation
• Back door open operation
Non-reverse area • Full range of closure oper-
• Closure [open (return the latch to the neutral position)]
ation
• Driving
Number of allowable reverse opera- Perform the automatic open/close temporary stop function after 2 reverse operations re-
tions gardless of the operation direction

Revision: December 2016 DLK-54 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SYSTEM (INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SYSTEM (INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER)
A
System Description INFOID:0000000014910868

B
Item Function

Integrated Homelink® transmit- A maximum of 3 radio signals can be stored and transmitted to operate the garage door, etc.
ter C

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-55 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000015206685

APPLICATION ITEM
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.

Direct Diagnostic Mode Description


Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
Self Diagnostic Result The BCM self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output data is displayed in real time.
Active Test The BCM activates outputs to test components.
Work support The settings for BCM functions can be changed.
• The vehicle specification can be read and saved.
Configuration
• The vehicle specification can be written when replacing BCM.
CAN Diag Support Mntr The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.

cardiagn.com
SYSTEM APPLICATION
BCM can perform the following functions.

Direct Diagnostic Mode

CAN Diag Support Mntr


Self Diagnostic Result
Ecu Identification

System Sub System

Configuration
Work support
Data Monitor

Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEADLAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × ×
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
BCM BCM × × × × ×
Immobilizer IMMU × × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × ×
Back door open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
RAP system RETAINED PWR ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×

DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK : CONSULT Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK) INFOID:0000000015206686

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Revision: December 2016 DLK-56 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Refer to BCS-48, "DTC Index".
A
DATA MONITOR

Monitor Item [Unit] Description


B
REQ SW-DR [On/Off] Indicates condition of door request switch LH.
REQ SW-AS [On/Off] Indicates condition of door request switch RH.
REQ SW-BD/TR [On/Off] Indicates condition of back door request switch. C
DOOR SW-DR [On/Off] Indicates condition of front door switch LH.
DOOR SW-AS [On/Off] Indicates condition of front door switch RH.
DOOR SW-RR [On/Off] Indicates condition of rear door switch RH.
D

DOOR SW-RL [On/Off] Indicates condition of rear door switch LH.


DOOR SW-BK [On/Off] Indicates condition of back door switch. E
CDL LOCK SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
CDL UNLOCK SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch.
KEY CYL LK-SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of lock signal from door key cylinder switch. F
KEY CYL UN-SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of unlock signal from door key cylinder switch.

cardiagn.com
ACTIVE TEST G

Test Item Description


DOOR LOCK This test is able to check door lock operation [ALL LOCK/ALL UNLK]. H
WORK SUPPORT

Support Item Setting Description


I
On* Automatic door locks function ON.
DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET
Off Automatic door locks function OFF. J
MODE2 Driver door only unlocks automatically.
AUTO UNLOCK TYPE
MODE1* All doors unlock automatically.
MODE3 This mode is not used. DLK
MODE2 Doors lock automatically when shifted out of P (park).
AUTO LOCK FUNCTION
MODE1* Doors lock automatically when vehicle speed reaches 24 km/h (15 mph).
L
Off —
MODE3 This mode is not used.
MODE2 Doors unlock automatically when shifted into P (park). M
AUTO UNLOCK FUNCTION
MODE1* Doors unlock automatically when ignition is switched from ON to OFF.
Off —
N
On* Signature light mode function is ON.
SIGNATURE LIGHT SETTING
Off Signature light mode function if OFF.
*: Initial setting O
INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) INFOID:0000000015206687
P

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Refer to BCS-48, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR

Revision: December 2016 DLK-57 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Monitor Item [Unit] Main Description


REQ SW -DR [On/Off] × Indicates condition of door request switch LH.
REQ SW -AS [On/Off] × Indicates condition of door request switch RH.
REQ SW -BD/TR [On/Off] × Indicates condition of back door request switch.
PUSH SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of push-button ignition switch.
BRAKE SW 1 [On/Off] × Indicates condition of brake pedal position switch.
BRAKE SW 2 [On/Off] Indicates condition of stop lamp switch.
DETE/CANCL SW [On/Off] × Indicates condition of park position switch.
Indicates condition of push-button ignition switch received from IPDM E/R on
PUSH SW -IPDM [On/Off]
CAN communication line.
Indicates condition of ignition relay 1 received from IPDM E/R on CAN commu-
IGN RLY1 -F/B [On/Off]
nication line.
Indicates condition of transmission range switch received from IPDM E/R on
NEUTRAL SW -IPDM [On/Off]
CAN communication line.
Indicates condition of P (park) or N (neutral) position from TCM on CAN com-
SFT PN -IPDM [On/Off]
munication line.
Indicates condition of starter relay received from IPDM E/R on CAN communi-

cardiagn.com
STARTER RELAY -IPDM [On/Off]
cation line.
ENGINE STATE [STOP/START/CRANK/
× Indicates condition of engine state from ECM on CAN communication line.
RUN]
Indicates condition of starter relay and starter control relay status signal from
ST/INH RELAY - IPDM [On/Off]
IPDM E/R.
Indicates condition of transmission range switch received from IPDM E/R on
REVERSE SIGNAL -IPDM [On/Off]
CAN communication line.
Indicates condition of engine start possibility from ECM on CAN communication
CRANKING PERMIT -ECM [PERMIT]
line.
STARTER CUT RELAY -ECM [On/Off] Indicates condition of starter cut relay from ECM on CAN communication line.
Indicates condition of vehicle speed signal received from ABS on CAN commu-
VEH SPEED 1 [mph/km/h] ×
nication line.
Indicates condition of vehicle speed signal received from combination meter on
VEH SPEED 2 [mph/km/h] ×
CAN communication line.
Indicates condition of ignition request from IPDM E/R on CAN communication
IGN REQ -IPDM [On/Off]
line.
Indicates condition of starter request received from IPDM E/R on CAN commu-
STARTER REQ -IPDM [On/Off]
nication line.
DOOR STAT -DR [LOCK/READY/UNLK] × Indicates condition of driver side door status.
DOOR STAT -AS [LOCK/READY/UNLK] × Indicates condition of passenger side door status.
DOOR STAT -RR [LOCK/READY/UNLK] × Indicates condition of rear right side door status.
DOOR STAT -RL [LOCK/READY/UNLK] × Indicates condition of rear left side door status.
ID OK FLAG [Set/Reset] Indicates condition of Intelligent Key ID.
PRMT ENG STRT [Set/Reset] Indicates condition of engine start possibility.
I-KEY OK FLAG [Key ON/Key OFF] × Indicates condition of Intelligent Key OK flag.
PRBT ENG STRT [Set/Reset] Indicates condition of engine start prohibit.
ID AUTHENT CANCEL TIMER [STOP] Indicates condition of Intelligent Key ID authentication.
CRNK PRBT TMR [On/Off] Indicates condition of crank prohibit timer.
AUT CRANK TMR [On/Off] Indicates condition of automatic engine crank timer from Intelligent Key.
CRNK PRBT TME [sec] Indicates condition of engine crank prohibit time.
AUT CRANK TMR [sec] Indicates condition of automatic engine crank time from Intelligent Key.
CRANKING TME [sec] Indicates condition of engine cranking time from Intelligent Key.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-58 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item [Unit] Main Description
A
When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while oper-
RKE OPE COUN1 [0-19] ×
ating on Intelligent Key, the numerical value start changing.
RKE-LOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of lock signal from Intelligent Key.
B
RKE-UNLOCK [On/Off] Indicates condition of unlock signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-PANIC [On/Off] Indicates condition of panic signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-MODE CHG [On/Off] Indicates condition of mode change signal from Intelligent Key. C
ACTIVE TEST

Test Item Description D


OUTSIDE BUZZER This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation [On/Off].
This test is able to check combination meter warning chime operation [Buzzer 1/Buzzer 2/
INSIDE BUZZER E
Buzzer 3/Off].
INDICATOR This test is able to check combination meter warning lamp operation [KEY ON/KEY IND/Off].
ENGINE SW ILLUMI This test is able to check push-button ignition switch START indicator operation [On/Off]. F
FLASHER This test is able to check flasher operation [LH/RH/Off].
HORN This test is able to check horn operation [On].

cardiagn.com
This test is able to check that BCM is sending starter request signal to IPDM E/R via CAN G
ENGINE START REQUEST
communication [MODE 1/MODE 2/MODE 3/Off].
STARTER CUT RELAY This test is able to check starter control relay operation [On/Off].
H
This test is able to check that BCM is sending ACC power to audio unit or AV control unit [On/
AUTO ACC 2
Off].
This test is able to check that BCM is controlling accessory relay-1 [Off/MODE 1/MODE 2/
AUTO ACC 1 I
MODE 3].
TRUNK LUGGAGE LAMP TEST This test is able to check luggage room lamp test operation [On/Off].

WORK SUPPORT J

Support Item Setting Description


INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS — This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis. DLK
On* Door lock/unlock by I-Key ON.
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY
Off Door lock/unlock by I-Key OFF.
L
On* Engine start with I-Key enabled.
ENGINE START BY I-KEY
Off Engine start with I-Key disabled.
Mode 1 OFF M
Mode 2 30 sec.
Mode 3* 1 min.
AUTO LOCK SET Mode 4 2 min. Auto door lock operation time can be changed in this mode. N
Mode 5 3 min.
Mode 6 4 min.
O
Mode 7 5 min.
On* Battery saver system ON.
IGN/ACC BATTERY SAVER
Off Battery saver system OFF. P
On* Buzzer or horn reminder for door request switch and I-Key ON.
ANSWER BACK
Off Buzzer or horn reminder for door request switch and I-Key OFF.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-59 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Support Item Setting Description
BUZZER I-Key buzzer reminder for door request switch.

ANSWER BACK I-KEY LOCK UN- HORN Horn sound for door request switch.
LOCK Off Reminder for door request switch OFF.
INVALID Not used.

ANSWER BACK KEYLESS LOCK UN- On* Horn and hazard lamp reminder for I-Key ON.
LOCK Off Hazard lamp reminder for I-Key ON.

TRUNK
TRUNK : CONSULT Function (BCM - TRUNK) INFOID:0000000015206688

DATA MONITOR

Monitor Item [Unit] Description


PUSH SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of push-button ignition switch.
STARTER CUT RELAY [On/Off] Indicates condition of starter cut relay.
DETECTION SENSOR (BK) [On/

cardiagn.com
Indicates condition of hands free sensor.
Off]
VEH SPEED 1 [km/h] Indicates vehicle speed signal received from ABS on CAN communication line.
BACK DOOR OPENER SW [On/Off] Indicates condition of back door opener switch.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-60 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT)
A
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000014910873

APPLICATION ITEMS B
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with automatic back door control module:

Diagnosis mode Function Description C


Self diagnostic result Displays the diagnosis results judged by automatic back door control module.
Data monitor The automatic back door control module input/output signals are displayed.
Work support Changes the setting for each setting function. D
ECU identification The automatic back door control module part number is displayed.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E


Refer to DLK-68, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
F
Monitor Item Unit Description

cardiagn.com
SPINDLE SENSOR LH [Pulse] Displays the condition of the LH encoder.
G
SPINDLE LH SPEED [mm/s] Displays the LH spindle operation speed.
SPINDLE MOTOR LH DUTY [%] Displays the condition of the spindle motor LH duty.
Displays the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by nu- H
VHCL SPEED MTR [km/h]
merical value.
Displays the vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electrical
VHCL SPEED ABS [km/h]
unit by numerical value. I
MAIN SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of automatic back door main switch.
AUTO BD SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of automatic back door switch.
BK DOOR CL SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of automatic back door close switch.
J

BACK DOOR LOCK STATUS [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of back door lock status.
PKB SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of park brake switch.
DLK
OPEN SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of open switch.
CLOSE SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of close switch.
HALF LATCH SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of half latch switch. L
TOUCH SEN RH [ON/OFF/OPEN] Indicates condition of touch sensor RH.
TOUCH SEN LH [ON/OFF/OPEN] Indicates condition of touch sensor LH.
M
P RANGE IND [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of P range signal from combination meter.
[OFF/MOVE/
RKE REQ Indicates condition of remote keyless entry signal from BCM.
REV]
N
IGN SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of IGN power supply.
SPINDLE LH ENCODER A [LO/HI] Indicates condition of encoder signal from encoder A.
SPINDLE LH ENCODER B [LO/HI] Indicates condition of encoder signal from encoder B. O
UNLOCK SEN BD [LOCKUNLKI] Indicates condition of back door unlock sensor.
DESTINATION [JPN/NAM] Indicates specification of destination of the automatic back door system.
P
Indicates condition of calibration of automatic back door position informa-
AUTO BCK DR POS LEARN [YET/DONE]
tion.
Indicates condition of additional service when removing battery negative ca-
AUTO BCK DR POS INITIAL [YET/DONE]
ble.
SPINDLE SENSOR RH [Pulse] Displays the condition of the RH encoder.
SPINDLE RH SPEED [mm/s] Displays the RH spindle operation speed.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-61 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Unit Description
SPINDLE MOTOR RH DUTY [%] Displays the condition of the spindle motor RH duty.
SPINDLE RH ENCODER A [LO/HI] Indicates condition of encoder signal from encoder A.
SPINDLE RH ENCODER B [LO/HI] Indicates condition of encoder signal from encoder B.
TRANSMISSION TYPE [AT/CVT] Indicates type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
CLOSURE OPERATION [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of back door closure function.
IGN SW [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of IGN power supply.
Indicates condition of motion activated back door sensor circuit via serial
KICK SENSOR COND [ON/OFF]
communication.
HANDS FREE SENSOR PWR - This item is displayed, but con not be monitored.
KEY VERIFICATION REQ SIG [ON/OFF] Indicates condition of key ID verification request signal.
Indicates condition of key ID verification completed signal, when back door
AUTO OPEN (BCM) [ON/OFF]
is closed.
Indicates condition of key ID verification completed signal, when back door
AUTO CLOSE (BCM) [ON/OFF]
is open.
Indicates condition of motion activated back door sensor circuit via serial
KICK SENSOR SIGNAL [ON/OFF]
communication.

cardiagn.com
WORK SUPPORT

Work item Description Refer to


RESET AUTO BACK DOOR STA- This item is for calibration of automatic back door position informa- DLK-116, "Work Proce-
TUS tion. dure"

Revision: December 2016 DLK-62 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000014910874
B

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


CONSULT MONITOR ITEM C
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
SPINDLE SENSOR LH Back door: Moving 0 – 65535
SPINDLE LH SPEED Back door: Moving 0 – 6553.5 D
SPINDLE MOTOR LH DUTY Back door: Moving 0 – 255
Equivalent to speedometer
VHCL SPEED MTR While driving E
reading
Equivalent to speedometer
VHCL SPEED ABS While driving
reading
F
OFF OFF
MAIN SW Automatic back door main switch
ON ON

cardiagn.com
Release OFF G
AUTO BD SW Automatic back door switch
Press ON
Release OFF
BK DOOR CL SW Automatic back door close switch H
Press ON
Lock OFF
BACK DOOR LOCK STATUS Back door lock
Unlock ON I
Not applied OFF
PKB SW Parking brake
Applied ON
Half latch/fully closed OFF J
OPEN SW Back door
Applied ON
Open/half latch OFF
CLOSE SW Back door DLK
Fully closed ON
Half latch/fully closed OFF
HALF LATCH SW Back door
Open ON L
Other than below OFF
TOUCH SEN RH Touch sensor RH
Detect obstruction ON
M
Other than below OFF
TOUCH SEN LH Touch sensor LH
Detect obstruction ON
Other than P position OFF N
P RANGE IND Selector lever
P position ON
Release OFF
O
Press (more than 0.5 sec-
RKE REQ Intelligent Key button (back door) MOVE
ond)
Press (just after) REV
P
Other than ON position OFF
IGN SW Ignition switch
ON position ON
Not operate No change HI or LO
SPINDLE LH ENCODER A Automatic back door
Operate Change HI or LO
Not operate No change HI or LO
SPINDLE LH ENCODER B Automatic back door
Operate Change HI or LO

Revision: December 2016 DLK-63 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
Lock LOCK
UNLOCK SEN BD Back door lock
Unlock UNLK
DESTINATION — OTHER

Calibration of automatic back door Not complete YET


AUTO BCK DR POS INITIAL
position information Complete DONE

Additional service when removing Not complete YET


AUTO BCK DR POS LEARN
battery negative terminal Complete DONE
SPINDLE SENSOR RH Back door: Moving 0 – 65535
SPINDLE RH SPEED Back door: Moving 0 – 6553.5
SPINDLE MOTOR RH DUTY Back door: Moving 0 – 255
Not operate No change HI or LO
SPINDLE RH ENCODER A Automatic back door
Operate Change HI or LO
Not operate No change HI or LO
SPINDLE RH ENCODER B Automatic back door
Operate Change HI or LO
TRANSMISSION TYPE — AT/CVT

cardiagn.com
Other than below OFF
CLOSURE OPERATION Back door closure
Open operation ON
Other than ON position OFF
IGN SW Ignition switch
On position ON
Malfunction NG
KICK SENSOR COND Motion activated back door sensor
Other than above OK
HANDS FREE SENSOR PWR The item is indicated, but can not be monitored OFF

Motion activated back door sensor Other than below OFF


KEY VERIFICATION REQ
(UPPER) and (LOWER) On ON
Other than below OFF
AUTO OPEN (BCM) Back door closed Motion activated back
ON
door sensor: ON
Other than below OFF
AUTO CLOSE (BCM) Back door open Motion activated back
ON
door sensor: ON
Malfunction NG
KICK SENSOR SIGNAL Motion activated back door sensor
Other than above OK

TERMINAL LAYOUT

ALKIA2844ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Revision: December 2016 DLK-64 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color) Voltage
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal name
Output
B
Detect obstruc-
1 13 Touch sensor RH sig- 1.8 – 2.72 V
Input Touch sensor RH tion
(LG) (GR) nal
Other than above 2.72 – 7.27 V C
Detect obstruc-
2 13 Touch sensor LH sig- 1.8 – 2.72 V
Input Touch sensor LH tion
(G) (GR) nal
Other than above 2.72 – 7.27 V D
Open 0V
3
Ground Half latch switch signal Input Back door Fully closed/half
(SB) Battery voltage
latch E
4
Ground Ground — — 0V
(B)

5 Fully closed 0V F
Ground Close switch signal Input Back door
(BR) Open/half latch Battery voltage

cardiagn.com
G

Moving (auto or H
6 manual)
Ground Encoder LH A signal Input Back door
(W)
JMKIA1864ZZ

NOTE:
I
Waveform width changes accord-
ing to back door open/close speed
When stopped 0 V or Battery voltage
J

DLK
Moving (auto or
7 manual)
Ground Encoder LH B signal Input Back door
(L)
JMKIA1864ZZ L
NOTE:
Waveform width changes accord-
ing to back door open/close speed
M
When stopped 0 V or 12 V

Moving (auto or
8 manual)
Ground Encoder RH A signal Input Back door O
(R)
JMKIA1864ZZ

NOTE:
Waveform width changes accord-
ing to back door open/close speed P
When stopped 0 V or 12 V

Revision: December 2016 DLK-65 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Voltage
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal name
Output

Moving (auto or
9 manual)
Ground Encoder RH B signal Input Back door
(SB)
JMKIA1864ZZ

NOTE:
Waveform width changes accord-
ing to back door open/close speed
When stopped 0 V or 12 V

10 Automatic back door Automatic back ON Battery voltage


Ground Input
(BG) main switch door main switch OFF 0V
Open 0V
11
Ground Open switch signal Input Back door Half latch/fully
(V)

cardiagn.com
Battery voltage
closed
12 Input/
Ground CAN low — —
(P) Output
13
Ground Touch sensor ground Input — 0.01 – 0 V
(GR)
17
Ground Digital output ON/OFF — — —
(G)
19 Encoder LH power
Ground Output — Battery voltage
(V) supply
20 Encoder RH power
Ground Output — Battery voltage
(P) supply
21
Ground Encoder ground — — 0V
(G)

22 Automatic back door Automatic back Pressed Battery voltage


Ground Input
(LG) switch door switch Released 0V

23 Automatic back door Automatic back Pressed Battery voltage


Ground Input
(W) close switch door close switch Released 0V
24 Input/
Ground CAN high — —
(L) Output
25
Ground Power supply (BAT) Input — Battery voltage
(BR)
26 Motion activated back
Ground Input — —
(L) door sensor signal
27 Spindle motor LH
Ground Output — Battery voltage
(BR) (open)
29 Spindle motor RH Auto open opera-
Ground Output Back door Battery voltage
(BR) (open) tion
Motion activated back
30 Auto open opera-
Ground door sensor power Output Back door Battery voltage
(GR) tion
supply

31 Back door closure mo- Open operation Battery voltage


Ground Output Back door
(L) tor (open) Other than above 0V
32
Ground Ground — — 0V
(B)

Revision: December 2016 DLK-66 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Voltage A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal name
Output
34 Spindle motor LH Auto close opera- B
Ground Output Back door Battery voltage
(G) (close) tion
35 Ground (noise shield
Ground — — 0.01 – 0 V
(B) spindle) C
36 Spindle motor RH Auto close opera-
Ground Output Back door Battery voltage
(G) (close) tion
Automatic back Sounding 0V D
37 Back door warning
Ground Output door warning
(Y) chime Not sounding Battery voltage
chime

38 Back door closure mo- Close operation Battery voltage E


Ground Output Back door
(SB) tor (close) Other than above 0V

Fail Safe INFOID:0000000014910875


F

cardiagn.com
Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
G
U1000 CAN COMM Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
U1320 REPROGRAMMING Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status. H
U1321 ABD: NOT CONFIGURED Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
U1322 ABD: CONFIGURATION Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
I
U1325 CALIBRATION Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
Automatic back door control module
B2401 IGN OPEN Inhibit automatic back door operation detects ignition switch ON signal via
CAN communication. J
Automatic back door control module
detects that half latch switch chang-
B2409 HALF LATCH SW Inhibit automatic back door operation
es from ON to OFF when back door DLK
fully closes.
B2416 TOUCH SEN R OPEN Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
B2417 TOUCH SEN L OPEN Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status. L
B2419 OPEN SW Inhibit automatic back door operation Reconnect battery.
B2420 CLOSE SW Inhibit automatic back door operation Reconnect battery.
M
B2422 BACK DOOR STATE Inhibit automatic back door operation Half latch switch is ON from OFF.
At least 180 seconds are passed af-
B2423 ABD MTR TIME OUT Inhibit automatic back door operation ter automatic back door operation is
inhibited.
N
B2426 SPINDLE SENSOR LH Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
B2427 SPINDLE SENSOR RH Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
O
B2428 AUTO BACK DR CNT MODULE Inhibit automatic back door operation Return to normal status.
B242A CLSR CONDITION Inhibit automatic back door operation Reconnect battery.
B242C KICK SENSOR CONTROL UNIT Inhibit hands free operation Return to normal status. P
B242D KICK SENSOR 1 Inhibit hands free operation Return to normal status.
B242E KICK SENSOR 2 Inhibit hands free operation Return to normal status.
B242F ABD BUZZER Inhibit hands free operation Return to normal status.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-67 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000014910876

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

Priority DTC
• B2428 AUTO BK DR CNT UNIT
• U1000 CAN COMM
• U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• U1320 REPROGRAMMING
1
• U1321 ABD: NOT CONFIGURED
• U1322 ABD: CONFIGURATION
• U1325 CALIBRATION
• B2401 IGN OPEN
• B2409 HALF LATCH SW
• B2416 TOUCH SEN R OPEN
• B2417 TOUCH SEN L OPEN
• B2419 OPEN SW
• B2420 CLOSE SW
• B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
• B2423 ABD MTR TIME OUT
2
• B2426 SPINDLE SENSOR LH

cardiagn.com
• B2427 SPINDLE SENSOR RH
• B242A CLSR CONDITION
• B242C KICK SENSOR CONTROL UNIT
• B242D KICK SENSOR 1
• B242E KICK SENSOR 2
• B242F ABD BUZZER

DTC Index INFOID:0000000014910877

NOTE:
Details of time display
• 1 - 39: Displayed if any previous malfunction is present when current condition is normal. It increases 1 → 2
→ 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever ignition switch OFF → ON. The counter
remains at 39 even if the number of cycles exceeds it. It is counted from 1 again when turning ignition switch
OFF → ON after returning to the normal condition if the malfunction is detected again.

CONSULT display Fail-safe Reference page


U1000: CAN COMM × DLK-117, "DTC Description"
U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) × DLK-118, "DTC Description"
U1320: REPROGRAMMING × DLK-198, "DTC Description"
U1321: NOT CONFIGURED × DLK-200, "DTC Description"
U1322: CONFIGURATION × DLK-201, "DTC Description"
U1325: CALIBRATION × DLK-203, "DTC Description"
B2401: IGN OPEN × DLK-119, "DTC Description"
B2409: HALF LATCH SW × DLK-121, "DTC Description"
B2416: TOUCH SEN R OPEN × DLK-125, "DTC Description"
B2417: TOUCH SEN L OPEN × DLK-129, "DTC Description"
B2419: OPEN SW × DLK-133, "DTC Description"
B2420: CLOSE SW × DLK-137, "DTC Description"
B2422: BACK DOOR STATE × DLK-141, "DTC Description"
B2423: ABD MTR TIME OUT × DLK-147, "DTC Description"
B2426: SPINDLE SENSOR LH × DLK-151, "DTC Description"
B2427: SPINDLE SENSOR RH × DLK-157, "DTC Description"
B2428: AUTO BACK DR CNT UNIT × DLK-163, "DTC Description"

Revision: December 2016 DLK-68 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT display Fail-safe Reference page
A
B242A: CLSR CONDITION × DLK-164, "DTC Description"
B242C: KICK SENSOR CONTROL UNIT × DLK-171, "DTC Description"
B242D: KICK SENSOR 1 × DLK-173, "DTC Description" B
B242E: KICK SENSOR 2 × DLK-175, "DTC Description"
B242F: ABD BUZZER × DLK-177, "DTC Description"
C

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-69 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000014910878

TERMINAL LAYOUT

ALKIA4115ZZ

PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Voltage
Condition
(Approx.)

cardiagn.com
Input/
(+) (–) Signal name
Output
1 Input/
Ground Serial communication — —
(L) Output
2
Ground Power supply (BAT) Input — Battery voltage
(GR)
3
Ground Ground — — 0V
(B)
Motion activated back
4
Ground door sensor (upper) in- Input — —
(W)
put signal
Motion activated back
5
Ground door sensor (upper) Input — —
(W)
output signal
Motion activated back
6
Ground door sensor (lower) in- Input — —
(B)
put signal
Motion activated back
7
Ground door sensor (lower) Input — —
(B)
output signal
NOTE:
Voltage generated in communication circuit between motion activated back door sensor and motion activated
back door control unit is extremely low and therefore cannot be measured.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-70 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BCM
A
List of ECU Reference INFOID:0000000014910879

B
ECU Reference
BCS-28, "Reference Value"
BCS-46, "Fail-safe" C
BCM
BCS-47, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart"
BCS-48, "DTC Index"
D

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-71 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

WIRING DIAGRAM
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014910880

cardiagn.com

AAKWA1625GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-72 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKWA1626GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-73 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4474GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-74 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4475GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-75 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4476GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-76 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4477GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-77 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4478GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-78 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4479GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-79 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4480GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-80 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4481GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-81 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014910881

cardiagn.com

AAKWA1621GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-82 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKWA1622GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-83 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKWA1623GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-84 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKWA1624GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-85 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4462GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-86 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4463GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-87 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4464GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-88 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4465GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-89 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4466GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-90 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4467GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-91 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4468GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-92 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4469GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-93 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4470GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-94 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4471GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-95 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4472GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-96 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4473GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-97 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA5032GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-98 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014910882

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

P
AAKWA1618GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-99 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKWA1619GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-100 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4455GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-101 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4456GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-102 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4457GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-103 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4458GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-104 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4459GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-105 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA5031GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-106 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000014910883

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

P
AAKWA1620GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-107 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
AAKIA4460GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-108 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AAKIA4461GB

Revision: December 2016 DLK-109 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000014910884

OVERALL SEQUENCE

cardiagn.com

ALAIA0158GB

DETAILED FLOW

Revision: December 2016 DLK-110 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM A


1. Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurs).
2. Check operation condition of the function that is malfunctioning.
B

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is detected.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out using CONSULT.) D
- Erase DTC.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
3. Check related service bulletins for information. E
Are any symptoms described and any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected.>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected.>>GO TO 4. F
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected.>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM

cardiagn.com
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. G
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
H
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM I
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the detected DTC and then check that DTC is detected DLK
again. At this time, always connect CONSULT to the vehicle and check self diagnostic results in real time.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to BCS-47, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (BCM) and determine
trouble diagnosis order. L
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
M
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check according to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". O
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS based on the confirmed symptom in step P
4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
Is the symptom described?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related module terminals using CON-
SULT.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Revision: December 2016 DLK-111 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, erase it.

>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC is detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again, and then check that the
malfunction is repaired securely.
When symptom is described by the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that the
symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 7.

cardiagn.com
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 4.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase DTC.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-112 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMI-
A
NAL
Description INFOID:0000000014910885
B
When the battery is disconnected from the negative terminal, it is necessary to perform initial setting to oper-
ate automatic back door control system normally.
NOTE: C
The following specified operations are not performed under the non-initialized condition.
• Automatic back door open/close function
• Anti-pinch function
D
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014910886

1.INITIALIZATION E
1. Fully close the back door manually. (When back door is already fully closed, this operation is not neces-
sary).
2. Perform automatic back door open/close operation of back door. F
3. Check for noise or malfunctioning during operation.
4. Check that hazard lamp blinks and that warning buzzer operates.

cardiagn.com
NOTE:
Never touch back door or allow foreign materials to be pinched in door when performing automatic back door G
open/close operation of back door until it is in the fully closed or fully open position.

H
>> Inspection End.

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-113 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING BCM
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING BCM
Description INFOID:0000000014910887

Perform the system initialization when replacing BCM, replacing Intelligent Key or registering an additional
Intelligent Key.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014910888

Refer to the CONSULT Immobilizer mode and follow the on-screen instructions.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-114 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CON-
TROL UNIT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR
A
CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000014910889
B
When replacing control module or removing connector terminal, it is necessary to perform initial setting to
operate automatic back door system normally.
NOTE: C
The following specified operations are not performed under the non-initialized condition:
• Automatic back door open/close function
• Anti-pinch function
D
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014910890

1.INITIALIZATION E
1. Fully close the back door manually. (When back door is already fully closed, this operation is not neces-
sary.)
2. Perform automatic back door open/close operation of back door. F
3. Check for noise or malfunctioning during operation.
4. Check that hazard lamp blinks and that warning buzzer operates.

cardiagn.com
NOTE:
Never touch back door or allow foreign materials to be pinched in door when performing automatic back door G
open/close operation of back door until it is in the fully closed or fully open position.

H
>> Inspection End.

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-115 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


CALIBRATION OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR POSITION INFORMATION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CALIBRATION OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR POSITION INFORMATION
Description INFOID:0000000014910891

When the following work is performed, it is necessary to perform initial setting of automatic back door position
information to operate automatic back door system:
• After removing and installing or replacing back door assembly.
• After removing and installing or replacing spindle unit.
• After adjustment or position change of the back door hinges or striker.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000014910892

1.STEP 1
Fully close the back door manually.

>> GO TO 2.
2.STEP 2
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
2. Select “RESET AUTO BACK DOOR STATUS” of “Work support”.

cardiagn.com
3. Touch “START” to erase automatic back door position information.

>> GO TO 3.
3.STEP 3
Operate back door opener switch and perform automatic open operation.
NOTE:
At this time, automatic operation of back door is performed at half speed.

>> GO TO 4.
4.STEP 4
1. The back door fully opens.
2. Check that hazard warning lamp blinks and automatic back door warning buzzer sounds normally.
Does hazard warning lamp blink and automatic back door warning buzzer sound normally?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 1.
5.STEP 5
Fully close the back door.

>> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-116 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923107
B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern
vehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links with C
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected
with 2 communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less
wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-42, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN System Spec-
ification Chart".
DTC DETECTION LOGIC E

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition
F
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times

cardiagn.com
CAN COMM CIRCUIT Signal (terminal) CAN communication G
U1000–01 (CAN communication When automatic back door control unit cannot communi-
circuit) Threshold
cate CAN communication signal
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds H

POSSIBLE CAUSE
CAN communication system
I
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system all function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CONSULT DLK
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. L
Is DTC “U1000-01” displayed?
YES >> Refer to DLK-117, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923108

N
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. O
2. Turn the ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC “U1000-01” displayed? P
YES >> Refer to LAN-26, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-117 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923109

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) –
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U1010–49 Automatic back door control unit detected internal CAN
[Control unit (CAN)] Threshold
communication circuit malfunction
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Automatic back door control unit
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system all function

cardiagn.com
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC “U1010-49” displayed?
YES >> Refer to DLK-118, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923110

1.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT


When DTC “U1010-49” is detected, replace automatic back door control unit.

>> Replace automatic back door control unit. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-118 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2401 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2401 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923111

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) Ignition switch ON signal (CAN communication) D
When all of the following conditions are satisfied
• CAN communication is normal
IGN OPEN • Automatic back door control module receives wake up
B2401–86 E
(Ignition open) Threshold signal via CAN communication with BCM
• Automatic back door control module cannot detect igni-
tion switch ON signal via CAN communication with
IPDM E/R F
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times

cardiagn.com
Signal (terminal) CAN communication G
IGN OPEN
B2401–87 When automatic back door control module can not com-
(Ignition open) Threshold
municate CAN communication signal
H
Diagnosis delay time 2 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication system I
• BCM
• IPDM E/R
• Automatic back door control module J
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE DLK

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CONSULT L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected? M
YES-1 >> DTC “B2401-86”: Refer to DLK-119, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2401-86)".
YES-2 >> DTC “B2401-87”: Refer to DLK-120, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2401-87)".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2401-86) INFOID:0000000014923112

O
1.CHECK DTC OF BCM AND IPDM E/R
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. P
2. Check DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM” and “IPDM E/R”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to PCS-28, "DTC Index" (BCM) or PCS-28, "DTC Index" (IPDM E/R).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IGN SW DATA MONITOR ITEM
Revision: December 2016 DLK-119 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B2401 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “IGN SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


ON ON
IGN SW Ignition switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-119, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2401-86” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
4.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC “B2401-86” detected?
YES >> Check CAN communication trouble. Refer to LAN-26, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2401-87) INFOID:0000000014923113

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS


Check CAN communication trouble diagnosis. Refer to LAN-26, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

>> GO TO 2.
2.ERASE DTC
Consult
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
3. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-119, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2401–87” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-120 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2409 HALF LATCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2409 HALF LATCH SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923114

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Half latch switch signal (automatic back door control mod- D
Signal (terminal)
ule connector terminal: 3)
HALF LATCH SW
B2409–71 When all of the following conditions are satisfied
(Half latch switch)
Threshold • Back door: half latch or open
E
• Half latch switch: ON → OFF
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Entry of foreign materials to back door lock assembly
• Back door mechanism

cardiagn.com
• Half latch switch G
• Harness or connectors (half latch switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE H
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Open the back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected? DLK
YES >> Refer to DLK-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923115

M
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

N
1.CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATERIALS IN BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Check for entry of foreign materials in back door lock assembly.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REMOVE FOREIGN MATERIALS AND ERASE DTC P

CONSULT
1. Remove foreign materials.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-121, "DTC Descrip-
tion".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-121 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2409 HALF LATCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is DTC “B2409-71” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION
Manually check open and close operation of back door lock.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INSTALLATION OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Check that back door lock assembly is installed normally. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and
Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.ADJUST OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

cardiagn.com
2. Adjust of back door lock assembly installation.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-121, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2409-71” detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Inspection End.
6.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-121, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2409-71” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
7.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH MONITOR ITEM
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “HALF LATCH SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


Closed OFF
HALF LATCH SW Back door
Open ON
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-122 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2409 HALF LATCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Check voltage between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.
A
(+)
Voltage
Back door lock assembly (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal B
D512 6 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT D
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector. E

Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
B55 3 D512 6 Yes

cardiagn.com
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
G

Automatic back door control module


Continuity H
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 3 No
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
10.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector. DLK

Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
B55 23 D512 8 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground. M

Automatic back door control module


Continuity N
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 23 No
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
11.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC P

CONSULT
1. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-121, "DTC Descrip-
tion".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-123 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2409 HALF LATCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is DTC “B2409-71” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
12.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-121, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2409-71” detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
13.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-121, "DTC Descrip-

cardiagn.com
tion".
Is DTC “B2409-71” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-124 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2416 TOUCH SENSOR RH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2416 TOUCH SENSOR RH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923116

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Touch sensor RH signal (automatic back door control mod- D
Signal (terminal)
TOUCH SEN R OPEN ule connector terminal: 1)
B2416–1B (Touch sensor right When one of the following conditions is satisfied
open) Threshold • Touch sensor RH circuit is open
E
• Disconnect touch sensor RH connector
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times F
Touch sensor RH signal (automatic back door control mod-
Signal (terminal)
TOUCH SEN R OPEN ule connector terminal: 1)

cardiagn.com
B2416–1E (Touch sensor right When one of the following conditions is satisfied G
open) Threshold • Touch sensor RH circuit is open
• Disconnect touch sensor RH connector
Diagnosis delay time –
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper installation of touch sensor
• Touch sensor RH I
• Harness or connectors (touch sensor circuit is open)
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE J
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
DLK
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-125, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923117

O
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK INSTALLATION OF TOUCH SENSOR RH CONNECTOR P


Check that touch sensor RH connector is installed normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.ADJUST OF TOUCH SENSOR RH CONNECTOR INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
Revision: December 2016 DLK-125 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B2416 TOUCH SENSOR RH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust of touch sensor RH connector installation.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-125, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2416-1B” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH
Refer to DLK-128, "Component Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH MONITOR ITEM
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

cardiagn.com
2. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
3. Select “TOUCH SEN RH” in “Data Monitor” mode.
4. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


Other than below OFF
TOUCH SEN RH Touch sensor RH
Detect obstruction ON
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO-1 >> Status “ON/OFF” can not changed: GO TO 5.
NO-2 >> Status “OPEN” is displayed: GO TO 6.
5.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between touch sensor RH harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Touch sensor RH (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D515 2 Ground 5 – 7.27 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor RH connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor RH
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 1 D515 2 Yes
4. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-126 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2416 TOUCH SENSOR RH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Automatic back door control module A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 1 No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
7.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor RH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor RH D
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor RH


Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 1 D515 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground. F

Automatic back door control module

cardiagn.com
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
B55 1 No
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
8.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH GROUND CIRCUIT I
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module, touch sensor LH and RH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor RH
harness connector. J

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal DLK
B55 13 D515 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
L
Automatic back door control module
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M
B55 13 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
9.REPLACE TOUCH SENSOR RH AND ERASE DTC
O
CONSULT
1. Replace touch sensor RH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. P
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-125, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2416-1B” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
10.ERASE DTC
Revision: December 2016 DLK-127 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B2416 TOUCH SENSOR RH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-125, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2416-1B” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
11.REPLACE TOUCH SENSOR RH AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace touch sensor RH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-125, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2416-1B” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Component Inspection

cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000014923118

1.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect touch sensor RH connector.
3. Check resistance between touch sensor RH terminals.

Touch sensor RH Resistance


Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

Detect obstruction 400 Ω or less


1 2 Touch sensor RH
Other than above 0.95 – 1.05 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace touch sensor RH.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-128 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2417 TOUCH SENSOR LH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2417 TOUCH SENSOR LH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923119

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Touch sensor LH signal (automatic back door control mod- D
Signal (terminal)
ule connector terminal: 2)
TOUCH SEN L OPEN
B2417–1B When one of the following conditions is satisfied
(Touch sensor left open)
Threshold • Touch sensor LH circuit is open
E
• Disconnect touch sensor LH connector
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times F
Touch sensor LH signal (automatic back door control mod-
Signal (terminal)
ule connector terminal: 2)

cardiagn.com
TOUCH SEN L OPEN
B2417–1E When one of the following conditions is satisfied
(Touch sensor left open) G
Threshold • Touch sensor LH circuit is open
• Disconnect touch sensor LH connector
Diagnosis delay time –
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper installation of touch sensor
• Touch sensor LH I
• Harness or connectors (touch sensor circuit is open)
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE J
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
DLK
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-129, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923120

O
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK INSTALLATION OF TOUCH SENSOR LH CONNECTOR P


Check that touch sensor LH connector is installed normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.ADJUST OF TOUCH SENSOR LH CONNECTOR INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
Revision: December 2016 DLK-129 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B2417 TOUCH SENSOR LH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust of touch sensor LH connector installation.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-129, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2417-1B” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH
Refer to DLK-132, "Component Inspection"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
4.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH MONITOR ITEM
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

cardiagn.com
2. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
3. Select “TOUCH SEN LH” in “Data Monitor” mode.
4. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


Other than below OFF
TOUCH SEN LH Touch sensor LH
Detect obstruction ON
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO-1 >> Status “ON/OFF” can not changed: GO TO 5.
NO-2 >> Status “OPEN” is displayed: GO TO 6.
5.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between touch sensor LH harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Touch sensor LH (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D511 1 Ground 5 – 7.27 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor LH connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor LH
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 2 D511 1 Yes
4. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-130 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2417 TOUCH SENSOR LH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Automatic back door control module A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 2 No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
7.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor LH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor LH D
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor LH


Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 2 D511 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground. F

Automatic back door control module

cardiagn.com
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
B55 2 No
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
8.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH GROUND CIRCUIT I
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module, touch sensor LH and RH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor LH
harness connector. J

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal DLK
B55 13 D511 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
L
Automatic back door control module
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M
B55 13 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
9.REPLACE TOUCH SENSOR LH AND ERASE DTC
O
CONSULT
1. Replace touch sensor LH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. P
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-129, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2417-1B” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
10.ERASE DTC
Revision: December 2016 DLK-131 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B2417 TOUCH SENSOR LH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-129, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC “B2417-1B” detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
11.REPLACE TOUCH SENSOR LH AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace touch sensor LH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-129, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2417-1B” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014923121

1.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect touch sensor LH connector.
3. Check resistance between touch sensor LH terminals.

Touch sensor LH Resistance


Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

Detect obstruction 400 Ω or less


1 2 Touch sensor LH
Other than above 0.95 – 1.05 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace touch sensor LH.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-132 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2419 OPEN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2419 OPEN SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923122

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Open switch signal (automatic back door control module D
Signal (terminal)
connector terminal: 11)
When one of the following conditions is satisfied
• Automatic back door control module does not detect the
E
open switch signal change for more than 1 second, after
OPEN SW the start of back door closure motor opening operation.
B2419–72 • Automatic back door control module does not detect the
(Open switch)
Threshold open switch signal change for more than 0.5 second, af- F
ter the start of back door closure motor closing opera-
tion.

cardiagn.com
• Automatic back door control module detects open
switch ON and close switch OFF, when the back door G
closure motor starts to operate.
Diagnosis delay time 3 times
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Entry of foreign materials to back door lock assembly
• Back door mechanism
• Open switch I
• Harness or connectors (open switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE J
Inhibit automatic back door system all function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE DLK
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
L
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Open the back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected? M
YES >> Refer to DLK-133, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923123

O
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".
P
1.CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATERIALS IN BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Check for entry of foreign materials in back door lock assembly.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-133 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2419 OPEN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

2.REMOVE FOREIGN MATERIALS AND ERASE DTC


CONSULT
1. Remove foreign materials.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-133, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2419-72” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION
Manually check open and close operation of back door lock.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INSTALLATION OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Check that back door lock assembly is installed normally. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and

cardiagn.com
Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.ADJUST OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust of back door lock assembly installation.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-133, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2419-72” detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Inspection End.
6.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-133, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2419-72” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
7.CHECK OPEN SWITCH MONITOR ITEM
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “OPEN SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-134 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2419 OPEN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Monitor item Condition Status A


Other than below OFF
OPEN SW Back door
Closure operation ON
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 8.
C
8.CHECK OPEN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector. D
3. Check voltage between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

(+)
E
Voltage
Back door lock assembly (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D512 4 Ground Battery voltage F
Is the inspection result normal?

cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9. G

9.CHECK OPEN SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. H
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector.
I
Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 11 D512 4 Yes J
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

DLK
Automatic back door control module
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 11 No
L

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation". M
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
10.CHECK OPEN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. N
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector.
O
Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 23 D512 8 Yes P
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 23 No

Revision: December 2016 DLK-135 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2419 OPEN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
11.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-133, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2419-72” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
12.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-133, "DTC Descrip-
tion".

cardiagn.com
Is DTC “B2419-72” detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
13.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC-3
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-133, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2419-72” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-136 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2420 CLOSE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2420 CLOSE SWITCH
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923124

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Close switch signal (automatic back door control module D
Signal (terminal)
connector terminal: 5)
CLOSE SW
B2420–73 Automatic back door control module does not detect the
(Close switch)
Threshold close switch signal change for more than 3 second, after
E
the start of back door closure motor closing operation.
Diagnosis delay time 3 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Entry of foreign materials to back door lock assembly
• Back door mechanism

cardiagn.com
• Close switch G
• Harness or connectors (close switch circuit is open or shorted)
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE H
Inhibit automatic back door system all function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Open the back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected? DLK
YES >> Refer to DLK-137, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923125

M
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

N
1.CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATERIALS IN BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Check for entry of foreign materials in back door lock assembly.
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REMOVE FOREIGN MATERIALS AND ERASE DTC P

CONSULT
1. Remove foreign materials.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC “B2420-73” detected?

Revision: December 2016 DLK-137 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2420 CLOSE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION
Manually check open and close operation of back door lock.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INSTALLATION OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Check that back door lock assembly is installed normally. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and
Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.ADJUST OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust of back door lock assembly installation.

cardiagn.com
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC “B2420-73” detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Inspection End.
6.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC “B2420-73” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
7.CHECK CLOSE SWITCH MONITOR ITEM
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “CLOSE SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


Other than bellow OFF
CLOSE SW Back door
Closure operation ON
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK CLOSE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check voltage between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-138 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2420 CLOSE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage
Back door lock assembly (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D512 5 Ground Battery voltage
B

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 10. C
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK CLOSE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. D
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector.
E
Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 5 D512 5 Yes F
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

cardiagn.com
G
Automatic back door control module
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
H
B55 5 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation". I
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
10.CHECK CLOSE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
J
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector.
DLK
Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 23 D512 8 Yes
L

3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
M
Automatic back door control module
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
N
B55 23 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. O
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
11.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
P
CONSULT
1. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC “B2420-73” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-139 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2420 CLOSE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Inspection End.
12.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC “B2420-73” detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
13.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC-3
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC “B2420-73” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-140 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923126

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Encoder LH A signal, encoder LH B signal, encoder RH A D
Signal (terminal) signal, encoder RH B signal (automatic back door control
BACK DOOR STATE module connector terminal: 9, 20, 19, 7)
B2422–78
(Back door state) When the automatic back door control module detect the
E
Threshold encoder pulse signal LH does not according with the en-
coder pulse signal RH
Diagnosis delay time –
F
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) –

cardiagn.com
BACK DOOR STATE
B2422–79 When automatic back door position information is deleted
(Back door state) Threshold G
from automatic back door control module memory
Diagnosis delay time –
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper installation of back door assembly
• Calibration of automatic back door position information
• Back door mechanism I
• Encoder
• Harness or connectors (encoder circuit is open or shorted)
• Automatic back door control module J
• Battery terminal is disconnected and reconnected
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function DLK
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door. M
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES-1 >> DTC “B2422-78”: Refer to DLK-141, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2422-78)". N
YES-2 >> DTC “B2422-79”: Refer to DLK-146, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2422-79)".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
O
Diagnosis Procedure (B2422-78) INFOID:0000000014923127

P
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK INSTALLATION OF BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY


1. Check that back door assembly is installed normally.
Refer to DLK-313, "BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".
Revision: December 2016 DLK-141 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Check back door assembly mechanism deformation, looseness, rattle, interference with other parts, and
pinched foreign materials.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.ADJUST BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust the back door assembly installation. Refer to DLK-313, "BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-141, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2422-78” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.CALIBRATION OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR POSITION INFORMATION
1. Perform initialization setting of automatic back door position information.

cardiagn.com
Refer to DLK-115, "Work Procedure".
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-141, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2422-78” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.
4.CHECK ENCODER MONITOR ITEM
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
3. Select “SPINDLE LH ENCODER A”, “SPINDLE LH ENCODER B”, “SPINDLE RH ENCODER A” and
“SPINDLE RH ENCODER B” in “Data Monitor” mode.
4. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


Moving (auto or manu-
HI ⇔ LO
SPINDLE LH ENCODER A al)
When stopped HI or LO
Back door
Moving (auto or manu-
HI ⇔ LO
SPINDLE LH ENCODER B al)
When stopped HI or LO
Moving (auto or manu-
HI ⇔ LO
SPINDLE RH ENCODER A al)
When stopped HI or LO
Back door
Moving (auto or manu-
HI ⇔ LO
SPINDLE RH ENCODER B al)
When stopped HI or LO
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spindle unit connector.
3. Check voltage between spindle unit harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-142 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage
Spindle unit (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
LH B95
B
3 Ground Battery voltage
RH B73
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit har-
ness connector. E

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
6 LH B95
B55 3 Yes

cardiagn.com
8 RH B73
G
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

H
Automatic back door control module
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
8 I
B55 No
6
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
7.CHECK ENCODER CIRCUIT GROUND CIRCUIT DLK
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit har-
ness connector. L

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M
LH B95
B55 21 2 Yes
RH B73
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground. N

Automatic back door control module O


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 21 No
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
8.CHECK ENCODER OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect spindle unit and automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check signal between spindle unit harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-143 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Spindle unit Voltage
(–) Condition
(Approx.)
Termi-
Connector
nal

Moving (auto)
5

JMKIB2762ZZ

When stopped 0 V or 12 V
LH B95

Moving (auto)
4

cardiagn.com
JMKIB2762ZZ

When stopped 0 V or 12 V
Ground Back door

Moving (auto)
5

JMKIB2762ZZ

When stopped 0 V or 12 V
RH B73

Moving (auto)
4

JMKIB2762ZZ

When stopped 0 V or 12 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ENCODER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit har-
ness connector.

Spindle unit Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 7
LH B95
4 19
B55 Yes
5 9
RH B73
4 20

Revision: December 2016 DLK-144 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
A

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal B
9
Ground
20
B55 No C
7
19
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
10.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT AND ERASE DTC E

CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
F
2. Replace spindle unit.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.

cardiagn.com
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-141, "DTC Descrip- G
tion".
Is DTC “B2422-78” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation". H
NO >> Inspection End.
11.CHECK INSTALLATION OF SPINDLE UNIT
I
Check that spindle unit is installed normally. Refer to DLK-326, "SPINDLE UNIT : Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. J
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.ADJUST SPINDLE UNIT INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
DLK
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust the spindle unit installation.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-141, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
M
Is DTC “B2422-78” detected?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Inspection End. N
13. REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Replace spindle unit.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. P
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-141, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2422-78” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-145 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2422 BACK DOOR STATE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure (B2422-79) INFOID:0000000014923128

1.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Fully close then back door manually.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-141, "DTC
Description".
Is DTC “B2422-79” detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT EACH DTC
If DTC “B2422-79” is displayed with DTC “B2426-23, B2426-24, B2426-29, B2427-23, B2427-24, B2427-29”,
first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC “B2426-23, B2426-24, B2426-29, B2427-23, B2427-24, B2427-29”.
Is DTC “B2426-23, B2426-24, B2426-29, B2427-23, B2427-24, B2427-29” detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-68, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace automatic back door control unit. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-146 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2423 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MOTOR OPERATION TIME
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2423 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MOTOR OPERATION TIME
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923129

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Spindle motor RH (open) signal, spindle motor RH (close) D
signal, spindle motor LH (open) signal, spindle motor LH
Signal (terminal) (close) signal
ABD MTR TIME OUT (automatic back door control module connector terminal:
B2423–11 (Automatic back door 29, 36, 27, 34) E
motor time out)
One of the spindle motor open/close circuits is shorted to
Threshold ground: current flowing through one of circuits is higher
than a threshold (30 A or more for 30 ms). F
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times

cardiagn.com
Spindle motor RH (open) signal, spindle motor RH (close) G
signal, spindle motor LH (open) signal, spindle motor LH
Signal (terminal) (close) signal
ABD MTR TIME OUT (automatic back door control module connector terminal: H
B2423–12 (Automatic back door 29, 36, 27, 34)
motor time out) One of the spindle motor open/close circuit is shorted to
battery voltage: the voltage of a motor terminal is above a
Threshold I
threshold (voltage at output terminal is higher than 2.5 V, if
motor is not activated).
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
J

Spindle motor RH (open) signal, spindle motor RH (close)


signal, spindle motor LH (open) signal, spindle motor LH
ABD MTR TIME OUT Signal (terminal) (close) signal DLK
B2423–13 (Automatic back door (automatic back door control module connector terminal:
motor time out) 29, 36, 27, 34)
One of the spindle motor circuits is open: current flowing L
Threshold
through one of circuits is lower than a threshold (1 A).
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times M
Signal (terminal) –
ABD MTR TIME OUT
B2423–63 (Automatic back door When the automatic back door control module and spindle
motor time out) Threshold motor operate in the same direction for 180 seconds or N
more continuously
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times O

ABD MTR TIME OUT Signal (terminal) –


B2423–4B (Automatic back door When the automatic back door control module and spindle
motor time out) Threshold
motor operate continuously
P

Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Spindle motor (continuous action)
• Harness or connectors (circuit is shorted)
• Automatic back door control module

Revision: December 2016 DLK-147 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2423 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MOTOR OPERATION TIME
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system all function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES-1 >> DTC “B2423-11”: Refer to DLK-148, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-11)".
YES-2 >> DTC “B2423-12”: Refer to DLK-149, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-12)".
YES-3 >> DTC “B2423-13”: Refer to DLK-149, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-13)".
YES-4 >> DTC “B2423-63” or DTC “B2423-4B”: Refer to DLK-150, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-63 or
B2423-4B)".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-11) INFOID:0000000014923130

cardiagn.com
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal
29
Ground
36
B56 No
27
34
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2423-11” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT LH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit LH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip-
tion".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-148 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2423 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MOTOR OPERATION TIME
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is DTC “B2423-11” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> Inspection End.
4.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT RH
B
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit RH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip- C
tion".
Is DTC “B2423-11” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation". D
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-12) INFOID:0000000014923131
E

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".


F

1.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR CIRCUIT

cardiagn.com
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.
3. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
H
(+)
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal I
29
36
B56 Ground 0V J
27
34
Is the inspection result normal? DLK
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
L
2.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector. M
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip-
tion". N
Is DTC “B2423-12” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". O

Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-13) INFOID:0000000014923132

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-149 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2423 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MOTOR OPERATION TIME
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit har-
ness connector.

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
29 1
RH B73
36 7
B56 Yes
27 1
LH B95
34 7
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip-

cardiagn.com
tion".
Is DTC “B2423-13” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT LH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit LH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2423-13” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.
4.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT RH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit RH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2423-13” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2423-63 or B2423-4B) INFOID:0000000014923133

1.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. At least 180 seconds are passed after automatic back door operation is inhibited.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-147, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2423-63” or DTC“B2423-4B” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-150 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2426 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2426 ENCODER
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923134

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Encoder LH power supply (automatic back door control D
Signal (terminal)
module connector terminal: 6)

SPINDLE SENSOR LH Short circuit is detected in encoder power supply output


B2426–11 (Spindle sensor left circuit inside automatic back door control module. B2427-
E
hand) 11 is detected simultaneously because encoder sensor
Threshold
RH receives power supply from the same power supply
circuit as LH (circuit inside automatic back door control
module). F
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times

cardiagn.com
Encoder LH A signal, encoder LH B signal (automatic back G
SPINDLE SENSOR LH Signal (terminal)
door control module connector terminal: 19, 7)
B2426–23 (Spindle sensor left
hand) Either pulse signal A value or pulse signal B value is stuck
Threshold
to OFF side during automatic open/close operation. H
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
I
Encoder LH A signal, encoder LH B signal (automatic back
SPINDLE SENSOR LH Signal (terminal)
door control module connector terminal: 19, 7)
B2426–24 (Spindle sensor left
hand) Either pulse signal A value or pulse signal B value is stuck
Threshold
to ON side during automatic open/close operation.
J
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
DLK
Encoder LH A signal, encoder LH B signal (automatic back
SPINDLE SENSOR LH Signal (terminal)
door control module connector terminal: 19, 7)
B2426–29 (Spindle sensor left
hand) Automatic back door control module detects the abnormal L
Threshold
pulse values of encoder LH.
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times M
Encoder LH A signal, encoder LH B signal (automatic back
SPINDLE SENSOR LH Signal (terminal)
door control module connector terminal: 19, 7)
B2426–32 (Spindle sensor left
hand) Automatic back door control module detects spindle unit N
Threshold
failure.
Diagnosis delay time –
O
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper installation of back door assembly
• Calibration of automatic back door position information
• Back door mechanism P
• Encoder (spindle unit LH)
• Harness or connectors (encoder circuit is open or shorted)
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Revision: December 2016 DLK-151 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B2426 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES-1 >> DTC “B2426-11”: Refer to DLK-152, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-11)".
YES-2 >> DTC “B2426-23”: Refer to DLK-153, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-23)".
YES-3 >> DTC “B2426-24”: Refer to DLK-154, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-24)".
YES-4 >> DTC “B2426-29” or DTC “B2426-32”: Refer to DLK-155, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-29 or
B2426-32)".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-11) INFOID:0000000014923135

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

cardiagn.com
1.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
3. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2426-11” detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
2.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.
3. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
7
B55 Ground 0V
19
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT LH
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit LH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2426-11” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-152 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2426 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-23) INFOID:0000000014923136

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".


B

1.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect spindle unit LH connector.
3. Check voltage between spindle unit LH harness connector and ground.
D
(+)
Voltage
Spindle unit LH (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
B95 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

cardiagn.com
G
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit LH
harness connector. H
Automatic back door control module Spindle unit LH
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
B55 6 B95 3 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
J

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground DLK
B55 6 No
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK ENCODER GROUND CIRCUIT M
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit LH
harness connector. N

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
B55 21 B95 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
P

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 21 No
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: December 2016 DLK-153 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2426 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK ENCODER COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit LH
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
7 5
B55 B95 Yes
19 4
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
7
B55 No
19

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and spindle unit LH connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2426-23” detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Inspection End.
6.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit LH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2426-23” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-24) INFOID:0000000014923137

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK ENCODER COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit LH connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-154 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2426 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (-)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
7
B
B55 Ground 0V
19
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.ERASE DTC D
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and spindle unit LH connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. E
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Descrip-
tion". F
Is DTC “B2426-24” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Inspection End. G
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT
CONSULT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit LH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. I
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2426-24” detected? J
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2426-29 or B2426-32) INFOID:0000000014923138
DLK

1.CHECK DTC CONDITION


L
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Move then back door manually.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. M
What is the display history of DTC “B2426-29”or DTC “B2426-32”?
“CRNT”>> GO TO 3.
“PAST” >> GO TO 2. N

2.ERASE DTC
Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Description". O
Is DTC “B2426-29” or DTC “B2426-32”detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End. P
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit LH.
3. Perform initialization setting of automatic back door position information.
Refer to DLK-115, "Work Procedure".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-155 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2426 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
6. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-151, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2426-29” or DTC “B2426-32”detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-156 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2427 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2427 ENCODER
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923139

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Encoder RH power supply (automatic back door control D
Signal (terminal)
module connector terminal: 8)
SPINDLE SENSOR RH Short circuit is detected in encoder power supply output
B2427–11 (Spindle sensor right circuit inside automatic back door control module. B2426-
hand) E
Threshold 11 is detected simultaneously because encoder sensor LH
receives power supply from the same power supply circuit
as RH (circuit inside automatic back door control module).
Diagnosis delay time – F
Diagnosis condition All times

cardiagn.com
Encoder RH A signal, encoder RH B signal (automatic
SPINDLE SENSOR RH Signal (terminal) G
back door control module connector terminal: 9, 20)
B2427–23 (Spindle sensor right
hand) Either pulse signal A value or pulse signal B value is stuck
Threshold
to OFF side during automatic open/close operation.
H
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Encoder RH A signal, encoder RH B signal (automatic I
SPINDLE SENSOR RH Signal (terminal)
back door control module connector terminal: 9, 20)
B2427–24 (Spindle sensor right
hand) Either pulse signal A value or pulse signal B value is stuck
Threshold
to ON side during automatic open/close operation.
J
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Encoder RH A signal, encoder RH B signal (automatic DLK
SPINDLE SENSOR RH Signal (terminal)
back door control module connector terminal: 9, 20)
B2427–29 (Spindle sensor right
hand) Automatic back door control module detects the abnormal
Threshold
pulse values of encoder RH. L
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Encoder RH A signal, encoder RH B signal (automatic M
SPINDLE SENSOR RH Signal (terminal)
back door control module connector terminal: 9, 20)
B2427–32 (Spindle sensor right
hand) Automatic back door control module detects spindle unit
Threshold
failure. N
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE O
• Improper installation of back door assembly
• Calibration of automatic back door position information
• Back door mechanism
• Encoder (spindle unit RH) P
• Harness or connectors (encoder circuit is open or shorted)
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

Revision: December 2016 DLK-157 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2427 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES-1 >> DTC “B2427-11”: Refer to DLK-158, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-11)".
YES-2 >> DTC “B2427-23”: Refer to DLK-159, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-23)".
YES-3 >> DTC “B2427-24”: Refer to DLK-160, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-24)".
YES-4 >> DTC “B2427-29” or “B2427-32”: Refer to DLK-161, "Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-29 or B2427-
32)".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-11) INFOID:0000000014923140

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

cardiagn.com
1.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
3. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2427-11” detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
2.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit connector.
3. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
9
B55 Ground 0V
20
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT RH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit RH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2427-11” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-158 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2427 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-23) INFOID:0000000014923141

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".


B

1.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect spindle unit RH connector.
3. Check voltage between spindle unit RH harness connector and ground.
D
(+)
Voltage
Spindle unit RH (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
B73 3 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

cardiagn.com
G
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit RH
harness connector. H
Automatic back door control module Spindle unit RH
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
I
B55 8 B73 3 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
J

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground DLK
B55 8 No
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK ENCODER GROUND CIRCUIT M
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit RH
harness connector. N

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
B55 21 B73 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
P

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 21 No
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: December 2016 DLK-159 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2427 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK ENCODER COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit RH
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
9 5
B55 B73 Yes
20 4
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
9
B55 No
20

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and spindle unit RH connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2427-23” detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Inspection End.
6.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit RH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2427-23” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-24) INFOID:0000000014923142

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK ENCODER COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and spindle unit RH connector.
3. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-160 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2427 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (-)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
9
B
B55 Ground 0V
20
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.ERASE DTC D
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and spindle unit RH connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. E
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Descrip-
tion". F
Is DTC “B2427-24” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Inspection End. G
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT
CONSULT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit RH.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. I
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2427-24” detected? J
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B2427-29 or B2427-32) INFOID:0000000014923143
DLK

1.CHECK DTC CONDITION


L
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Move then back door manually.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. M
What is the display history of DTC “B2427-29” or DTC “B2427-32”?
“CRNT”>> GO TO 3.
“PAST” >> GO TO 2. N

2.ERASE DTC
Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Description". O
Is DTC “B2427-29” or DTC “B2427-32” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End. P
3.REPLACE SPINDLE UNIT AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace spindle unit RH.
3. Perform initialization setting of automatic back door position information.
Refer to DLK-115, "Work Procedure".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-161 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2427 ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
6. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-157, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B2427-29” or DTC “B2427-32” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-162 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2428 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2428 AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923144

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
AUTO BACK DR CNT Signal (terminal) – D
UNIT
B2428–01 Automatic back door control module detected CPU mal-
(Auto back door control Threshold
module) function
Diagnosis delay time – E

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Automatic back door control module
F
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system all function

cardiagn.com
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


CONSULT H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923145

DLK
1.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
When DTC “B2428-01” is detected, replace automatic back door control module.
L

>> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
M

Revision: December 2016 DLK-163 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923146

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Open switch signal, close switch signal (automatic back
Signal (terminal)
door control module connector terminal: 5, 11)
CLSR CONDITION
B242A–01 Automatic back door control module detects open switch
(Closure condition)
Threshold and close switch ON, when the back door closure motor
starts to operate.
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Back door closure motor (open) signal, back door closure
Signal (terminal) motor (close) signal (automatic back door control module

cardiagn.com
CLSR CONDITION connector terminal: 38, 31)
B242A–11
(Closure condition) One of the closure motor open/close circuits is shorted to
Threshold ground: current flowing through one of circuits is higher
than a threshold (18 A for 30 ms).
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Back door closure motor (open) signal, back door closure
Signal (terminal) motor (close) signal (automatic back door control module
CLSR CONDITION connector terminal: 38, 31)
B242A–12
(Closure condition) One of the closure motor open/close circuits is shorted to
Threshold battery voltage: the voltage of a circuits is above a thresh-
old (3 V or more) when that specific terminal is inactive.
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Back door closure motor (open) signal, back door closure
Signal (terminal) motor (close) signal (automatic back door control module
connector terminal: 38, 31)
CLSR CONDITION
B242A–13 One of the closure motor open/close circuits is open: cur-
(Closure condition)
rent flowing through one of circuits is lower than a thresh-
Threshold
old (2.4 A). This can only be detected when that specific
terminal is activated (motor rotates in a specific direction)
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Back door closure motor (open) signal, back door closure
Signal (terminal) motor (close) signal (automatic back door control module
CLSR CONDITION connector terminal: 38, 31)
B242A–63
(Closure condition) When the automatic back door control module and closure
Threshold motor operate in the same direction for 35 times or more
continuously
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Entry of foreign materials to back door lock assembly
• Back door mechanism
• Close switch
• Open switch

Revision: December 2016 DLK-164 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Harness or connectors (open or shorted)
• Automatic back door control module A
• Closure motor (continuous action)
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system back door auto closure function B

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE C
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate back door auto closure operation. D
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES-1 >> DTC “B242A-01”: Refer to DLK-165, "Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-01)". E
YES-2 >> DTC “B242A-11”: Refer to DLK-168, "Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-11)".
YES-3 >> DTC “B242A-12”: Refer to DLK-169, "Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-12)".
YES-4 >> DTC “B242A-13”: Refer to DLK-169, "Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-13)". F
YES-5 >> DTC “B242A-63”: Refer to DLK-170, "Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-63)".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
G
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-01) INFOID:0000000014923147

H
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK FOR FOREIGN MATERIALS IN BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY I

Check for entry of foreign materials in back door lock assembly.


Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REMOVE FOREIGN MATERIALS AND ERASE DTC DLK
CONSULT
1. Remove foreign materials.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion". M
Is DTC “B242A-01” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End N
3.CHECK BACK DOOR LOCK OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION
Manually check open and close operation of back door lock.
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
P
4.CHECK INSTALLATION OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY
Check that back door lock assembly is installed normally. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and
Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-165 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

5.ADJUST OF BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC


CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust of back door lock assembly installation.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-01” detected?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Inspection End.
6.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC-1
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".

cardiagn.com
Is DTC “B242A-01” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
7.CHECK OPEN SWITCH AND CLOSE SWITCH MONITOR ITEM
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR” using.
2. Select “OPEN SW” and “CLOSE SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Status


Other than below OFF
OPEN SW Back door
Closure operation ON
Other than below OFF
CLOSE SW Back door
Closure operation ON
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK OPEN SWITCH OR CLOSE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check voltage between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Back door lock assembly (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
4
D512 Ground Battery voltage
5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK OPEN SWITCH OR CLOSE SWITCH CIRCUIT
Revision: December 2016 DLK-166 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock A
assembly harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly


Continuity B
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
11 4
B55 D512 Yes
5 5 C
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

D
Automatic back door control module
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground E
11
B55 No
5
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

cardiagn.com
10.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT G

1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.


2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
H
assembly harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly


Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 23 D512 8 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground. J

Automatic back door control module DLK


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 23 No
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
M
11.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation". N
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion". O
Is DTC “B242A-01” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End. P

12.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-01” detected?
Revision: December 2016 DLK-167 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
13.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-01” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-11) INFOID:0000000014923148

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

cardiagn.com
1.CHECK CLOSURE MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
38
B56 No
31
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and back door lock assembly connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-11” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
3.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-11” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-168 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-12) INFOID:0000000014923149

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".


B

1.CHECK CLOSURE MOTOR CIRCUIT


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.
D
(+)
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
38
B56 Ground 0V
31
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
G
2.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and back door lock assembly connector. H
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip- I
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-12” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
3.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT DLK
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
M
Is DTC “B242A-12” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
N
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-13) INFOID:0000000014923150

O
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK CLOSURE MOTOR CIRCUIT P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-169 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242A CLOSURE CONDITION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
31 1
B56 D512 Yes
38 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and back door lock assembly connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-13” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com
3.REPLACE BACK DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-13” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (B242A-63) INFOID:0000000014923151

1.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. At least 12 minutes are passed after automatic back door operation is inhibited.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-164, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242A-63” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-170 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242C MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B242C MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014910928

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) – D
KICK SENSOR CON-
B242C TROL UNIT Automatic back door control unit detects CPU malfunction
(Kick sensor control unit) Threshold of motion activated back door control unit via serial com-
munication
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Motion activated back door control unit F
• Automatic back door control module
• Harness or connectors

cardiagn.com
G
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit motion activated automatic back door system
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door motion activated back door sensor. I
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Refer to DLK-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
DLK
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910929

1.CHECK SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT L


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
What is the display history of DTC “B242C”? M
“CRNT”>> GO TO 2.
“PAST” >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
1. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
Is DTC “B242C” detected? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.
P
3.ERASE DTC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
3. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-171, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242C” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
Revision: December 2016 DLK-171 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
B242C MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Inspection End.
4.REPLACE MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace motion activated back door control unit. Refer to DLK-340, "MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR
CONTROL UNIT : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-171, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242C” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control unit. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-172 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242D MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B242D MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014910930

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) – D
KICK SENOR 1 Automatic back door control unit detects the abnormal re-
B242D
(Kick sensor 1) Threshold sistance value of motion activated back door sensor (low-
er) via serial communication
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Motion activated back door sensor (lower) F
• Harness or connectors [motion activated back door sensor (lower) circuit is open or shorted]
• Automatic back door control module

cardiagn.com
• Motion activated back door control unit G
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit motion activated automatic back door system
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Operate automatic back door system hands free function (motion activated back door sensor).
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? J
YES >> Refer to DLK-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. DLK

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910931

1.CHECK INSTALLATION OF MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR L

Check that motion activated back door sensor (lower) is installed normally.
Refer to DLK-341, "MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR : Removal and Installation". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. N
2.ADJUST OF MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust of motion activated back door sensor (lower) installation. O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-173, "DTC Descrip- P
tion".
Is DTC “B242D” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.REPLACE MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR AND ERASE DTC
1. Replace motion activated back door sensor (lower).

Revision: December 2016 DLK-173 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242D MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-173, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242D” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.
4.REPLACE MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT AND ERASE DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace motion activated back door control unit. Refer to DLK-340, "MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR
CONTROL UNIT : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-173, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242D” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control unit. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-174 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242E MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B242E MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014910932

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) – D
KICK SENOR 2 Automatic back door control unit detects the abnormal re-
B242E
(Kick sensor 2) Threshold sistance value of motion activated back door sensor (up-
per) via serial communication
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Motion activated back door sensor (upper) F
• Harness or connectors [motion activated back door sensor (upper) circuit is open or shorted]
• Automatic back door control module

cardiagn.com
• Motion activated back door control unit G
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit motion activated automatic back door system
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Operate automatic back door system hands free function (motion activated back door sensor).
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? J
YES >> Refer to DLK-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. DLK

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910933

1.CHECK INSTALLATION OF MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR L

Check that motion activated back door sensor (upper) is installed normally.
Refer to DLK-341, "MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR : Removal and Installation". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. N
2.ADJUST OF MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR INSTALLATION AND ERASE DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Adjust of motion activated back door sensor (upper) installation. O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-175, "DTC Descrip- P
tion".
Is DTC “B242E” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Inspection End.
3.REPLACE MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR AND ERASE DTC
1. Replace motion activated back door sensor (upper).

Revision: December 2016 DLK-175 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242E MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-175, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242E” detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.
4.REPLACE MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT AND ERASE DTC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace motion activated back door control unit. Refer to DLK-340, "MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR
CONTROL UNIT : Removal and Installation".
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR” using CONSULT.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC “B242E” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control unit. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-176 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242F ABD BUZZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B242F ABD BUZZER
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923153

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Automatic back door warning buzzer signal (automatic D
ABD BUZZER Signal (terminal)
back door control module connector terminal: 37)
B242F–12 (Automatic back door
warning buzzer) Automatic back door control module detects a malfunction
Threshold
of automatic back door warning buzzer circuit
E
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (automatic back door warning buzzer circuit is open or shorted) F
• Automatic back door control module

cardiagn.com
FAIL-SAFE G

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
2. Operate automatic back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
J
YES >> Refer to DLK-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
DLK
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923154

L
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING BUZZER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect automatic back door control module and automatic back door warning buzzer connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and automatic back N
door warning buzzer harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Automatic back door warning buzzer O
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B56 37 B61 1 Yes
P
4. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B56 37 No
Is the inspection result normal?

Revision: December 2016 DLK-177 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B242F ABD BUZZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Connect automatic back door control module and automatic back door warning buzzer connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-177, "DTC Descrip-
tion".
Is DTC “B242F-12” detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
3.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING BUZZER AND ERASE DTC
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Replace automatic back door warning buzzer.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
5. Erase DTC, and then repeat “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-177, "DTC Descrip-

cardiagn.com
tion".
Is DTC “B242F-12” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-178 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B261B REMOTE ENGINE START
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B261B REMOTE ENGINE START
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923155

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B


NOTE:
• If DTC B261B is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
DLK-117, "DTC Description". C
• If DTC B261B is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
DLK-118, "DTC Description".

CONSULT screen terms D


DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
E
Signal (terminal) —

B261B BCM The BCM has requested ignition OFF but ECM keeps the en-
Threshold gine running for more than 10 seconds after the OFF request
was made F
Diagnosis delay time —

cardiagn.com
POSSIBLE CAUSE G
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
— H

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923156

1. CHECK ECM IGNITION, POWER AND GROUND CIRCUITS I

Check ECM ignition power and ground circuits. Refer to EC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-595, "Removal and Installation". GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
2. INSPECTION DLK

CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode. L
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Perform vehicle remote start operation.
Does DTC B261B return? M
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
N

Revision: December 2016 DLK-179 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923157

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) BCM terminals 117,116
B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA An excessive high or low voltage from inside antenna (instru-
Threshold
ment center) is sent to BCM
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Inside key antenna (instrument center)
• Harness or connector
[Inside key antenna (instrument center) circuit is open or shorted]
FAIL-SAFE

cardiagn.com

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS” in “Work support” mode.
3. Perform inside key antenna (“INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS”) in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT
KEY”.
4. Check BCM for DTC.
Is inside key antenna DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inside key antenna (instrument center) is OK.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923158

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-180 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
B

When Intelligent Key is in the an- C


tenna detection area.

JMKIA3839GB
D
M19 117, 116 Ground

E
When Intelligent Key is not in the
antenna detection area.
F
JMKIA5951GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT H
1. Disconnect BCM connector and inside key antenna (instrument center) connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and inside key antenna (instrument center) harness
connector. I

BCM Inside key antenna (instrument center)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
117 1
M19 M15 Yes
116 2
DLK
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity L
Connector Terminal
Ground
117
M19 No
116 M

Is the inspection result normal?


N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2 O
1. Replace inside key antenna (instrument center) (New antenna or other antenna).
2. Connect BCM connector and inside key antenna (instrument center) connector.
3. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope. P

Revision: December 2016 DLK-181 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2621 INSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal

When Intelligent Key is in the an-


tenna detection area.

JMKIA3839GB
M19 117, 116 Ground

When Intelligent Key is not in the


antenna detection area.

JMKIA5951GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace inside key antenna (instrument center).
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-182 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923159

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) BCM terminals 63, 62
B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA An excessive high or low voltage from inside antenna (con- D
Threshold
sole) is sent to BCM
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Inside key antenna (console)
• Harness or connector
[Inside key antenna (console) circuit is open or shorted] F

FAIL-SAFE

cardiagn.com
— G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS” in “Work support” mode. I
3. Perform inside key antenna (“INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS”) in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT
KEY”.
4. Check BCM for DTC.
Is inside key antenna DTC detected? J
YES >> Refer to DLK-183, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inside key antenna (console) is OK.
DLK
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923160

L
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".

M
1.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope. N

Revision: December 2016 DLK-183 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal

When Intelligent Key is in the an-


tenna detection area.

JMKIA3839GB
B16 63, 62 Ground

When Intelligent Key is not in the


antenna detection area.

JMKIA5951GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and inside key antenna (console) connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and inside key antenna (console) harness connector.

BCM Inside key antenna (console)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
63 1
B16 B77 Yes
62 2
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
163
B16 No
62

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2
1. Replace inside key antenna (console) (New antenna or other antenna).
2. Connect BCM connector and inside key antenna (console) connector.
3. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-184 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2622 INSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
B

When Intelligent Key is in the an- C


tenna detection area.

JMKIA3839GB
D
B16 63, 62 Ground

E
When Intelligent Key is not in the
antenna detection area.
F
JMKIA5951GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace inside key antenna (console). Refer to DLK-334, "CONSOLE : Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
H

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-185 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B26FE HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B26FE HOOD SWITCH
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923165

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


NOTE:
• If DTC B26FE is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
DLK-117, "DTC Description".
• If DTC B26FE is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
DLK-118, "DTC Description".

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) IPDM E/R terminals 52,103
B26FE HOOD SWITCH
Threshold BCM detects that the hood switch input is malfunctioning
Diagnosis delay time 3 seconds

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Hood switch

cardiagn.com
• Harness or connector
[hood switch circuit is open or shorted]
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Hood switch is OK.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923166

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hood switch connector.
3. Check voltage between hood switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Hood switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1
E223 Ground Battery voltage
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-186 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B26FE HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

2.CHECK HOOD SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUITS A


1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and hood switch harness connector.
B
IPDM E/R Hood switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F42 103 1 C
E223 Yes
E217 52 2
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
D
IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground E
F42 103
No
E217 52
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-46, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

cardiagn.com
3.CHECK HOOD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT G
Check continuity between hood switch harness connector and ground.

Hood switch H
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
E223 3 Yes
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. J
4.CHECK HOOD SWITCH
Refer to DLK-187, "Component Inspection".
DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace hood switch. Refer to DLK-316, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
L
5.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION
Refer to BCS-60, "CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Configuration List".
M
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014923167
N

1.CHECK HOOD SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect hood switch connector.
3. Check continuity between hood switch terminals.
P
Hood switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal
Press Yes
1
Release No
3 Hood switch
Press No
2
Release Yes

Revision: December 2016 DLK-187 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B26FE HOOD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace hood switch. Refer to DLK-316, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-188 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2626 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2626 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923168

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
OUTSIDE ANTENNA
B2626 An excessive high or low voltage from outside key antenna RH D
(Outside antenna) Threshold
is sent to BCM
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Outside key antenna RH
• Harness or connector (Outside key antenna RH circuit is open or shorted.) F

FAIL-SAFE

cardiagn.com
– G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923169

DLK

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".


L

1.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-189 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2626 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal

When Intelligent Key


is in the antenna de-
tection area. (The dis-
tance between
Intelligent Key and
antenna: 80 cm or
When the driver door less.)
request switch is op- JMKIA5955GB
M19 118, 119 Ground
erated with ignition
switch OFF.
When Intelligent Key
is not in the antenna
detection area. (The
distance between In-
telligent Key and an-
tenna: Approx. 2 m.)
JMKIA5954GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and outside key antenna (RH) connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and outside key antenna (RH) harness connector.

BCM Outside key antenna (RH)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
119 1
M19 D126 Yes
118 2
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
119
M19 No
118
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2
1. Replace outside key antenna (RH). (New antenna or other antenna)
2. Connect BCM connector and outside key antenna (RH) connector.
3. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-190 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2626 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
B
When Intelligent Key
is in the antenna de-
tection area. (The dis-
tance between
C
Intelligent Key and
antenna: 80 cm or
When the driver door less.) D
request switch is op- JMKIA5955GB
M19 118, 119 Ground
erated with ignition
switch OFF.
When Intelligent Key
is not in the antenna
E
detection area. (The
distance between In-
telligent Key and an- F
tenna: Approx. 2 m.)
JMKIA5954GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace outside key antenna (RH). Refer to DLK-335, "PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation". H

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-191 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923170

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA An excessive high or low voltage from outside key antenna LH
Threshold
is sent to BCM
Diagnosis delay time —

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Outside key antenna LH
• Harness or connector (Outside key antenna LH circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE

cardiagn.com

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-192, "DTC Description".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923171

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-192 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
B
When Intelligent Key
is in the antenna de-
tection area. (The dis- C
tance between
Intelligent Key and an-
tenna: 80 cm or less.)
When the driver door D
request switch is oper- JMKIA5955GB
M19 120, 100 Ground
ated with ignition
switch OFF.
When Intelligent Key
is not in the antenna
E
detection area. (The
distance between In-
telligent Key and an- F
tenna: Approx. 2 m.)
JMKIA5954GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT H
1. Disconnect BCM connector and outside key antenna (LH) connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and outside key antenna (LH) harness connector.
I
BCM Outside key antenna (LH)
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
100 1
M19 D11 Yes
120 2
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground. DLK

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal L
Ground
100
M19 No
120
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
N
3.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2
1. Replace outside key antenna (LH). (New antenna or other antenna)
2. Connect BCM connector and outside key antenna (LH) connector. O
3. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-193 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2627 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal

When Intelligent Key


is in the antenna de-
tection area. (The dis-
tance between
Intelligent Key and an-
tenna: 80 cm or less.)
When the driver door
request switch is oper- JMKIA5955GB
M19 120, 100 Ground
ated with ignition
switch OFF.
When Intelligent Key
is not in the antenna
detection area. (The
distance between In-
telligent Key and an-
tenna: Approx. 2 m.)
JMKIA5954GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace outside key antenna (LH). Refer to DLK-335, "DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-194 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923172

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen terms


DTC No. DTC Detection Condition
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
Diagnosis condition When ignition switch is ON.
Signal (terminal) —
B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA An excessive high or low voltage from outside key antenna D
Threshold
rear bumper is sent to BCM
Diagnosis delay time —
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Outside key antenna rear bumper
• Harness or connector (Outside key antenna rear bumper circuit is open or shorted.) F

FAIL-SAFE

cardiagn.com
– G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923173

DLK

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".


L

1.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-195 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+)
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal

When Intelligent Key


is in the antenna de-
tection area. (The dis-
tance between
Intelligent Key and
antenna: 80 cm or
When the driver door less.)
request switch is op- JMKIA5955GB
B16 64, 61 Ground
erated with ignition
switch OFF.
When Intelligent Key
is not in the antenna
detection area. (The
distance between In-
telligent Key and an-
tenna: Approx. 2 m.)
JMKIA5954GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and outside key antenna (rear bumper) connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and outside key antenna (rear bumper) harness con-
nector.

BCM Outside key antenna (rear bumper)


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
64 1
B16 B76 Yes
61 2
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Connector Terminal Continuity
Ground
64
B16 No
61
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 2
1. Replace outside key antenna (rear bumper). (New antenna or other antenna)
2. Connect BCM and outside key antenna (rear bumper) connector.
3. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-196 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


B2628 OUTSIDE ANTENNA
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
B
When Intelligent Key
is in the antenna de-
tection area. (The dis-
tance between
C
Intelligent Key and
antenna: 80 cm or
When the driver door less.) D
request switch is op- JMKIA5955GB
B16 64, 61 Ground
erated with ignition
switch OFF.
When Intelligent Key
is not in the antenna
E
detection area. (The
distance between In-
telligent Key and an- F
tenna: Approx. 2 m.)
JMKIA5954GB

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Replace outside key antenna (rear bumper). Refer to DLK-335, "REAR BUMPER : Removal and
Installation".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation". H

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-197 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1320 REPROGRAMMING ERROR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
U1320 REPROGRAMMING ERROR
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923174

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) –
REPROGRAMMING
U1320–06 When the automatic back door control module configura-
ERROR Threshold
tion is not successful
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) –
REPROGRAMMING
U1320–42 When the automatic back door control module configura-
ERROR Threshold
tion is not successful

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis delay time –
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) –
REPROGRAMMING
U1320–51 When the automatic back door control module configura-
ERROR Threshold
tion is not successful
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper installation of back door assembly
• [CALIBRATION OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR POSITION INFORMATION]: not complete
• Back door mechanism
• Automatic back door control module
• Harness or connectors
FAIL-SAFE

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923175

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CALIBRATION OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR POSITION INFORMATION


CONSULT
1. Perform initialization setting of automatic back door position information.
Refer to DLK-115, "Work Procedure".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-198 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1320 REPROGRAMMING ERROR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Erase DTC, and then repeat “PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
Is DTC detected? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Inspection End.
2.CHECK INSTALLATION OF BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY B

1. Check that back door assembly is installed normally.


Refer to DLK-313, "BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".
C
2. Check back door assembly mechanism for deformation, looseness, rattle, interference with other parts,
and pinched foreign materials.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-199 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1321 ABD CONFIGURATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
U1321 ABD CONFIGURATION
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923176

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
ABD: NOT CONFIG- Signal (terminal) –
URED
U1321–55 When the configuration work of automatic back door con-
(Automatic back door: Threshold
not configured) trol module has not been started
Diagnosis delay time –

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Configuration work of automatic back door control module
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE

cardiagn.com
Inhibit automatic back door system all function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DLK-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923177

1.CONFIGURATION WORK OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE


CONSULT
1. Perform configuration work of automatic back door control module.
Refer to DLK-116, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-200, "DTC
Description".
Is DTC “U1321-55” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-200 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1322 ABD CONFIGURATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
U1322 ABD CONFIGURATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923178

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
ABD: CONFIGURATION Signal (terminal) – D
U1322–01 (Automatic back door:
configuration) Threshold Other error while downloading the configuration data
Diagnosis delay time –
E
Diagnosis condition All times

ABD: CONFIGURATION Signal (terminal) –


U1322–08 (Automatic back door: When the configuration work of automatic back door con-
configuration) Threshold F
trol module is not successful
Diagnosis delay time –

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis condition All times G
ABD: CONFIGURATION Signal (terminal) –
U1322–56 (Automatic back door:
configuration) Threshold Configuration data is corrupted
Diagnosis delay time –
H

POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Configuration work of automatic back door control module I
• Automatic back door control module
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system all function J

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE DLK
CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door. L
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected?
YES-1 >> DTC “U1322-01” : Refer to DLK-201, "Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-01)". M
YES-2 >> DTC “U1322-08” : Refer to DLK-202, "Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-08)".
YES-3 >> DTC “U1322-56” : Refer to DLK-202, "Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-56)".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-01) INFOID:0000000014923179

O
1.CONFIGURATION WORK OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
CONSULT
1. Perform configuration work of automatic back door control module. P
Refer to DLK-116, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-201, "DTC
Description".
Is DTC “U1322-01” detected?

Revision: December 2016 DLK-201 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1322 ABD CONFIGURATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-08) INFOID:0000000014923180

1.CONFIGURATION WORK OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE


CONSULT
1. Perform configuration work of automatic back door control module.
Refer to DLK-116, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-201, "DTC
Description".
Is DTC “U1322-08” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure (U1322-56) INFOID:0000000014923181

1.CONFIGURATION WORK OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE

cardiagn.com
CONSULT
1. Perform configuration work of automatic back door control module.
Refer to DLK-116, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-201, "DTC
Description".
Is DTC “U1322-56” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-202 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


U1325 CALIBRATION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
U1325 CALIBRATION
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000014923182

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

CONSULT screen items


DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition C
tent)
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) – D
CALIBRATION
U1325–54 When the calibration of automatic back door position infor-
(Calibration) Threshold
mation work is not successful
Diagnosis delay time – E
Diagnosis condition All times
Signal (terminal) –
CALIBRATION F
U1325–55 When the calibration of automatic back door position infor-
(Calibration) Threshold
mation work is not successful

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis delay time –
G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Calibration of automatic back door position information
H
FAIL-SAFE
Inhibit automatic back door system auto open/close function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CONSULT
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Operate automatic back door.
3. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
Is DTC detected? DLK
YES >> Refer to DLK-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014923183

M
1.CALIBRATION OF AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR POSITION INFORMATION
CONSULT
1. Perform initialization setting of automatic back door position information. N
Refer to DLK-115, "Work Procedure".
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
4. Erase DTC, and then repeat “PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. Refer to DLK-203, "DTC O
Description".
Is DTC “U1325-54” detected?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation". P
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-203 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910955

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK FUSIBLE LINK


Check that the following fusible link is not open.

Fusible link No. Signal name


K (30A) Battery power supply
Is the fusible link open?
YES >> Replace the open fusible link after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

cardiagn.com
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
3. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (−)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B56 25 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
B56 32
Yes
B55 4
Does continuity exist?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
BCM
BCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015206684

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BCS-51, "Wiring Diagram".

1. CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-204 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No. A


161 BCM power supply 7 (10A)
167 Power door lock battery power supply 5 (20A)
B
168 Turn signal/hazard battery power supply 1 (15A)
169 Stop lamp battery power supply 10 (10A)
175 Power door lock2 battery power supply 3 (20A) C
176 Rear wiper battery power supply 4 (15A)
Is the fuse blown?
D
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
1. Disconnect BCM connector M20.
2. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 and ground.
F
BCM Voltage
Ground
(Approx.)

cardiagn.com
Connector Terminal
161 G
167
168 H
M20 — Battery voltage
169
175
176 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM connector M20 and ground. DLK

BCM
Ground Continuity L
Connector Terminal
170
M20 — Yes
171
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. N

Revision: December 2016 DLK-205 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910963

1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Select “DOOR LOCK” of “BCM”.
2. Select “DOOR SW-DR”, “DOOR SW-AS”, “DOOR SW-RL”, “DOOR SW-RR”, in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status


Open On
DOOR SW-DR Front door LH
Closed Off
Open On
DOOR SW-AS Front door RH
Closed Off
Open On
DOOR SW-RL Rear door LH
Closed Off
Open On

cardiagn.com
DOOR SW-RR Rear door RH
Closed Off
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910964

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect malfunctioning door switch connector.
3. Check signal between malfunctioning door switch harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

(+)
Signal
Door switch (–)
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
Front LH B71
Front RH B141
Rear LH B70
3 Ground

Rear RH B142
PKIB4960J

7.0 - 8.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between door switch harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-206 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Door switch BCM A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Front LH B71 57
Front RH B141 53
B
3 B16 Yes
Rear LH B70 52
Rear RH B142 50 C
3. Check continuity between door switch harness connector and ground.

Door switch D
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Front LH B71
Ground E
Front RH B141
3 No
Rear LH B70
Rear RH B142
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

cardiagn.com
NO >> Repair or replace harness. G
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Refer to DLK-207, "Component Inspection".
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning door switch. Refer to DLK-332, "Removal and Installation".
I
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
J
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014910965 DLK

1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect malfunctioning door switch connector.
3. Check continuity between door switch terminals.
M
Door switch
Condition Continuity
Terminal

Ground contact is part of the Pressed No N


3 Door switch
switch. Released Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning door switch. Refer to DLK-332, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-207 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910966

1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Select “DOOR LOCK” of “BCM”.
2. Select “DOOR SW-BK” in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status


Open On
DOOR SW-BK Back door
Closed Off
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-208, "Diagnosis Procedure (With Automatic Back Door)".
Diagnosis Procedure (With Automatic Back Door) INFOID:0000000014910967

cardiagn.com
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check signal between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

(+)
Signal
Back door lock assembly (–)
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal

D512 7 Ground

JPMIA0593GB

9.0 - 10.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between back door lock assembly harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Back door lock assembly BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D512 7 B16 51 Yes
3. Check continuity between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-208 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Back door lock assembly A


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D512 7 No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
C
3.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.
D
Back door lock assembly
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D512 8 Yes E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
F
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH

cardiagn.com
Refer to DLK-210, "Component Inspection (With Automatic Back Door)". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation". H
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". I

>> Inspection End.


Diagnosis Procedure (Without Automatic Back Door) INFOID:0000000014910968
J

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram". DLK

1.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL L


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check signal between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground using oscilloscope. M

(+)
Signal N
Back door lock assembly (–)
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal

D508 3 Ground P

JPMIA0593GB

9.0 - 10.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-209 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

2.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between back door lock assembly harness connector and BCM harness connector.

Back door lock assembly BCM


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D508 3 B16 51 Yes
3. Check continuity between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

Back door lock assembly


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D508 3 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

cardiagn.com
Back door lock assembly
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D508 4 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH
Refer to DLK-211, "Component Inspection (Without Automatic Back Door)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.


Component Inspection (With Automatic Back Door) INFOID:0000000014910969

1.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check continuity between back door lock assembly terminals.

Back door lock assembly


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Pressed No
7 8 Door switch
Released Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-210 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection (Without Automatic Back Door) INFOID:0000000014910970

A
1.CHECK BACK DOOR SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector. B
3. Check continuity between back door lock assembly terminals.

Back door lock assembly C


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Pressed No
3 4 Door switch D
Released Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. E
NO >> Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-211 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000014910971

Transmits door lock/unlock operation to BCM.


DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910972

1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
Check “CDL LOCK SW”, “CDL UNLOCK SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.

Monitor item Condition


LOCK : ON
CDL LOCK SW
UNLOCK : OFF
LOCK : OFF
CDL UNLOCK SW
UNLOCK : ON

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door lock and unlock switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-212, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910973

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage at the main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector when the switch (driver
side) is turned to “LOCK” or “UNLOCK”.

Main power window and door lock/unlock Voltage


Connector Terminal
switch state (Approx.)
Neutral → Unlock 15
D6 Ground Battery voltage → 0
Neutral → Lock 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector.
3. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector and ground.

Main power window and door lock/unlock switch


Terminal Continuity
connector
D6 1 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH
Revision: December 2016 DLK-212 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals.
A
Main power window and door lock/unlock switch state Terminals Continuity
Unlock 1-3
Yes B
Lock 1 - 15
Neutral/Unlock 1 - 15
No
Neutral/Lock 1-3 C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to PWC-60, "Removal and Instal- D
lation".
4.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH CIRCUITS
E
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector and main power window and door lock/unlock switch connec-
tor.
F
Main power window and door lock/unlock
BCM connector Terminal Terminal Continuity

cardiagn.com
switch connector
40 15
G
M18 D6 Yes
10 3

H
3. Check continuity between BCM connector and ground.

BCM connector Terminal Continuity I


40
M18 Ground No
10
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. DLK
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". L

>> Inspection End.


PASSENGER SIDE M

PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000014910974

N
Transmits door lock/unlock operation to BCM.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910975

O
1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
Check “CDL LOCK SW”, “CDL UNLOCK SW” in “Data Monitor” mode. P

Monitor item Condition


LOCK : ON
CDL LOCK SW
UNLOCK : OFF
LOCK : OFF
CDL UNLOCK SW
UNLOCK : ON

Revision: December 2016 DLK-213 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door lock and unlock switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-214, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910976

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage at the power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector when the switch (passen-
ger side) is changed to “LOCK” or “UNLOCK”.

Power window and door lock/unlock Voltage


Connector Terminal
switch RH state (Approx.)
Neutral → Lock 1
D112 Ground Battery voltage → 0
Neutral → Unlock 2

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector.
3. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector and ground.

Power window and door lock/unlock switch RH con-


Terminal Continuity
nector
D112 3 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH
Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminals.

Power window and door lock/unlock switch RH state Terminals Continuity


Lock 1-3
Yes
Unlock 2-3
Neutral/Unlock 1-3
No
Neutral/Lock 2-3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. Refer to PWC-61, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
4.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH CIRCUITS
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM connector and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-214 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Power window and door lock/unlock A


BCM connector Terminal Terminal Continuity
switch RH connector
10 1
M18 D112 Yes B
40 2

3. Check continuity between BCM connector and ground.


C
BCM connector Terminal Continuity
10
M18 Ground No D
40

Is the inspection result normal? E


YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com
G
>> Inspection End.

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-215 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910977

1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Select “DOOR LOCK” of “BCM”.
2. Select “DOOR LOCK” in “Active Test”.
3. Touch “ALL LOCK” or “ALL UNLK” to check that it works normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door lock actuator is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-216, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910978

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".

cardiagn.com
1.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door lock assembly LH connector.
3. Check voltage between front door lock assembly LH harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Front door lock assembly LH (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1 Lock
D23 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage
2 Unlock
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace front door lock assembly LH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM, all door lock actuator connectors.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and front door lock assembly LH harness connector.

BCM Front door lock assembly LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
165 1
M20 D23 Yes
172 2
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
165
M20 No
172
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-216 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL A


1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
B
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
165 Lock
M20 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage
172 Unlock
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace front door lock assembly LH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation". E
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910979 F

1.CHECK FUNCTION

cardiagn.com
CONSULT G
1. Select “DOOR LOCK” of “BCM”.
2. Select “DOOR LOCK” in “Active Test”.
3. Touch “ALL LOCK” or “ALL UNLK” to check that it works normally. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door lock actuator is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-217, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure". I
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910980

J
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".
DLK
1.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
L
2. Disconnect front door lock actuator RH connector.
3. Check voltage between front door lock actuator RH harness connector and ground.

(+) M
Voltage
Front door lock actuator RH (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
N
5 Unlock
D113 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage
6 Lock
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace front door lock actuator RH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM, all door lock actuator connectors.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and front door lock actuator RH harness connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-217 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM Front door lock actuator RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
165 5
M20 D113 Yes
163 6
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
165
M20 No
163
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

cardiagn.com
(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
165 Unlock
M20 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage
163 Lock
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace front door lock actuator RH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
REAR LH
REAR LH : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910981

1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Select “DOOR LOCK” of “BCM”.
2. Select “DOOR LOCK” in “Active Test”.
3. Touch “ALL LOCK” or “ALL UNLK” to check that it works normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door lock actuator is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-218, "REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure".
REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910982

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rear door lock actuator LH connector.
3. Check voltage between rear door lock actuator LH harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-218 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

(+) A
Voltage
Rear door lock actuator LH (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1 Lock
B
D206 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage
2 Unlock
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Replace rear door lock actuator LH. Refer to DLK-323, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CIRCUIT D
1. Disconnect BCM, all door lock actuator connectors.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and rear door lock actuator LH harness connector.
E
BCM Rear door lock actuator LH
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
148 2
F
B23 D206 Yes
149 1

cardiagn.com
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground. G

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal H
Ground
148
B23 No
149
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
J
3.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground. DLK

(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition L
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
148 Unlock
B23 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage M
149 Lock
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace rear door lock actuator LH. Refer to DLK-323, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation". N
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
REAR RH
REAR RH : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910983
O

1.CHECK FUNCTION
P
CONSULT
1. Select “DOOR LOCK” of “BCM”.
2. Select “DOOR LOCK” in “Active Test”.
3. Touch “ALL LOCK” or “ALL UNLK” to check that it works normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door lock actuator is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-220, "REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-219 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910984

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect rear door lock actuator RH connector.
3. Check voltage between rear door lock actuator RH harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Rear door lock actuator RH (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
5 Unlock
D306 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage
6 Lock
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace rear door lock actuator RH. Refer to DLK-323, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".

cardiagn.com
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM, all door lock actuator connectors.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and rear door lock actuator RH harness connector.

BCM Rear door lock actuator RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
148 6
B23 D306 Yes
149 5
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
148
B23 No
149
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect BCM connector.
2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
BCM (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
148 Unlock
B23 Ground Door lock and unlock switch Battery voltage
149 Lock
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace rear door lock actuator RH. Refer to DLK-323, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-220 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


UNLOCK SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
UNLOCK SENSOR
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910985

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “UNLK SEN-DR” in “Data Monitor” mode. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


Lock OFF
UNLK SEN -DR Driver side door
Unlock ON
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Unlock sensor is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-221, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910986

cardiagn.com
G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door lock assembly LH connector. I
3. Check signal between front door lock assembly LH harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.

(+)
Signal J
Front door lock assembly LH (–)
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
DLK

D23 3 Ground L

PKIB4960J M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector. O
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and front door lock assembly LH harness connector.

BCM Front door lock assembly LH


Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M19 104 D23 3 Yes
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-221 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


UNLOCK SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M19 104 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door lock assembly LH harness connector and ground.

Front door lock assembly LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D23 4 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR

cardiagn.com
Refer to DLK-222, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace front door lock assembly LH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014910987

1.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door lock assembly LH connector.
3. Check continuity between front door lock assembly LH terminals.

Front door lock assembly LH


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Unlock Yes
3 4 Driver side door
Lock No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace front door lock assembly LH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-222 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910988

B
1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Select “DOOR LOCK” of “BCM”. C
2. Select “KEY CYL LK-SW”, “KEY CYL UN-SW” in “Data Monitor” mode.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:
D
Monitor item Condition Status
Lock ON
KEY CYL LK-SW
Neutral / Unlock OFF E
Driver side door key cylinder
Unlock ON
KEY CYL UN-SW
Neutral / Lock OFF
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Door key cylinder switch is OK.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Refer to DLK-223, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910989

H
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram".

I
1.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door lock assembly LH connector. J
3. Check voltage between front door lock assembly LH harness connector and ground.

(+) DLK
Voltage
Front door lock assembly LH (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
L
5
D23 Ground 5V
6
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect the BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and front door lock assembly LH harness connector.
O
BCM Front door lock assembly LH
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
92 6
P
M19 D23 Yes
93 5
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-223 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
92
M19 No
93
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between front door lock assembly LH harness connector and ground.

Front door lock assembly LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D23 4 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

cardiagn.com
4.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH
Refer to DLK-224, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace front door lock assembly LH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014910990

1.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect front door lock assembly LH connector.
3. Check continuity between front door lock assembly LH terminals.

Front door lock assembly LH


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Unlock Yes
5
Neutral / Lock No
4 Driver side door key cylinder
Lock Yes
6
Neutral / Unlock No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace front door lock assembly LH. Refer to DLK-319, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-224 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000015268659

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “RKE OPE COUN1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor Item Condition D


RKE OPE COUN1 Checks whether value changes when operating Intelligent Key.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Remote keyless entry receiver is OK. E
NO >> Refer to DLK-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268660
F

cardiagn.com
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".
G

1.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER OUTPUT SIGNAL H


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground using oscilloscope.

(+)
I
Signal
BCM (–) Condition
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal J

DLK
Standby state

L
OCC3881D
M18 1 Ground

M
Press the Intelligent
Key lock or unlock
button. N

OCC3880D

Is the inspection result normal? O


YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER CIRCUIT 1
1. Disconnect BCM and remote keyless entry receiver connectors.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and remote keyless entry receiver harness connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-225 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM Remote keyless entry receiver


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M18 1 B110 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

(+)
BCM (–) Continuity
Connector Terminal
M18 1 Ground No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between remote keyless entry receiver harness connector and ground.

(+)

cardiagn.com
Voltage
Remote keyless entry receiver (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B110 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO-1 >> Check 10A fuse No. 6 [located in fuse block J/B].
NO-2 >> Repair or replace harness between remote keyless entry receiver and 10A fuse No. 6.
4.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver harness connector and ground.

Remote keyless entry receiver


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B110 3 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace remote keyless entry receiver. Refer to DLK-338, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-226 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910991

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “REQ SW-DR”, “REQ SW-AS” in “Data Monitor” mode. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


Pressed ON
REQ SW -DR LH door request switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON E
REQ SW -AS RH door request switch
Released OFF
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Front door request switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910992 G

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-72, "Wiring Diagram". H

1.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL I


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect malfunctioning front door request switch connector.
3. Check voltage between malfunctioning front door request switch harness connector and ground. J

(+)
Voltage
Front door request switch (–)
(Approx.)
DLK
Connector Terminal
LH D11
3 Ground Battery voltage L
RH D126
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector. N
2. Check continuity between malfunctioning front door request switch harness connector and BCM harness
connector.
O
Front door request switch BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
LH D11 105 P
3 M19 Yes
RH D126 82
3. Check continuity between malfunctioning front door request switch harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-227 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Front door request switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
LH D11
3 No
RH D126
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between malfunctioning front door request switch harness connector and ground.

Front door request switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
LH D11
4 Yes
RH D126
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
Refer to DLK-228, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning front outside handle assembly. Refer to DLK-333, "DRIVER SIDE :
Removal and Installation" or DLK-333, "PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014910993

1.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect malfunctioning front door request switch connector.
3. Check continuity between malfunctioning front door request switch terminals.

Front door request switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Pressed Yes
3 4 Door request switch
Released No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning front door request switch. Refer to DLK-333, "DRIVER SIDE : Removal
and Installation" or DLK-333, "PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-228 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910994

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “REQ SW-BD/TR” in “Data Monitor”. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


Pressed On
REQ SW-BD/TR Back door request switch
Released Off
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Back door request switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-229, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910995

cardiagn.com
G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door opener switch connector. I
3. Check voltage between back door opener switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage J
Back door opener switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D509 4 Ground Battery voltage DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector. M
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and back door opener switch harness connector.

BCM Back door opener switch


Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B16 46 D509 4 Yes
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground. O

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground P
B16 46 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: December 2016 DLK-229 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check continuity between back door opener switch harness connector and ground.

Back door opener switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D509 3 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
Refer to DLK-230, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace back door opener switch. Refer to DLK-345, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014910996

1.CHECK BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door opener switch assembly connector.
3. Check continuity between back door opener switch assembly terminals.

Back door opener switch assembly


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Pressed Yes
3 4 Back door request switch
Released No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace back door opener switch assembly. Refer to DLK-345, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-230 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014910997

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “TRUNK” of “BCM”.
2. Select “TR/BD OPEN SW” in “Data Monitor”. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


Pressed ON
TR/BD OPEN SW Back door opener switch
Released OFF
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Back door opener switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014910998

cardiagn.com
G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK BACK DOOR OPEN INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door opener switch connector. I
3. Check signal between back door opener switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Signal J
Back door opener switch (–)
(Reference value)
Connector Terminal
DLK

D507 1 Ground L

JPMIA0012GB M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector. O
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and back door opener switch harness connector.

BCM Back door opener switch


Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B16 56 D507 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-231 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

BCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B16 56 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between back door opener switch harness connector and ground.

Back door opener switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D507 2 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH

cardiagn.com
Refer to DLK-232, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace back door opener switch. Refer to DLK-345, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014910999

1.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door opener switch connector.
3. Check continuity between back door opener switch terminals.

Back door opener switch assembly


Condition Continuity
Terminal

Back door opener Pressed Yes


1 2
switch Released No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace back door opener switch. Refer to DLK-345, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-232 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911000

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “OUTSIDE BUZZER” in “Active Test”. C
3. Touch “On” or “Off” to check that it works normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Intelligent Key warning buzzer is OK. D
NO >> Refer to DLK-233, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911001
E

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-82, "Wiring Diagram".


F

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT

cardiagn.com
G
1. Disconnect BCM connector.
2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and Intelligent Key warning buzzer harness connector.

BCM Intelligent Key warning buzzer H


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E29 132 E24 1 Yes
I
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.

BCM
Continuity J
Connector Terminal Ground
E29 132 No
Is the inspection result normal? DLK
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
L
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER
Refer to DLK-233, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer. Refer to DLK-336, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911002
N

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER


O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Intelligent Key warning buzzer connector.
3. Connect battery power supply directly to Intelligent Key warning buzzer terminals and check the opera-
tion. P

Intelligent Key warning buzzer


Terminal Operation
(+) (−)
1 3 Buzzer sounds
Is the inspection result normal?
Revision: December 2016 DLK-233 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer. Refer to DLK-336, "Removal and Installation".

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-234 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911003

NOTE: B
The Signal Tech II Tool [– (J-50190)] can be used to perform the following functions: Refer to the Signal Tech
II User Guide for additional information.
• Check Intelligent Key relative signal strength.
• Confirm vehicle Intelligent Key antenna signal strength. C
1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT D
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “RKE OPE COUN1” in “Data Monitor”.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:
E
Monitor item Condition
RKE OPE COUN1 Check that the numerical value is changing while operating on the Intelligent Key.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Intelligent Key is OK.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Refer to DLK-235, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911004

NOTE: H
The Signal Tech II Tool [– (J-50190)] can be used to perform the following functions: Refer to the Signal Tech
II User Guide for additional information.
• Check Intelligent Key relative signal strength.
• Confirm vehicle Intelligent Key antenna signal strength. I

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY


J
Check by connecting a resistance (approximately 300Ω) so that the
current value becomes about 10 mA. Refer to DLK-339, "Removal
and Installation". DLK
Standard : Approx. 2.5 - 3.0V
Is the measurement value within the specification? L
YES >> Replace Intelligent Key.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key battery.
M
OCC0607D

Revision: December 2016 DLK-235 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


METER BUZZER CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
METER BUZZER CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000014911005

• The buzzer for the warning chime system is installed in the combination meter.
• The combination meter sounds the buzzer based on the signals transmitted from various units.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911006

1. CHECK OPERATION OF METER BUZZER


CONSULT
1. Select “BUZZER” of “BCM”.
2. Perform “LIGHT WARN ALM” or “SEAT BELT WARN TEST” of “Active Test” mode.
Does meter buzzer activate?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Refer to DLK-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911007

1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL

cardiagn.com
CONSULT
Select the “Data Monitor” mode of “METER/M&A” and check the “BUZZER” monitor value.

BUZZER
Under the condition of buzzer input : On
Except above : Off
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-81, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-236 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


KEY WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
KEY WARNING LAMP
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911008

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “INDICATOR” in “Active Test” mode. C
3. Touch “KEY IND” or “KEY ON” to check that it works normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Key warning lamp is OK. D
NO >> Refer to DLK-237, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911009
E
1.CHECK KEY WARNING LAMP
Refer to MWI-21, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. G
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
H

>> Inspection End.


I

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-237 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HAZARD FUNCTION
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HAZARD FUNCTION
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911010

1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT
1. Select “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM”.
2. Select “FLASHER” in “Active Test” mode.
3. Touch “LH” or “RH” to check that it works normally.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911011

1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH CIRCUIT


Refer to DLK-238, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-238 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911012

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “BK DOOR CL SW” in “Data Monitor”. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


Pressed ON
BK DOOR CL SW Automatic back door close switch
Released OFF
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door close switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-239, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911013

cardiagn.com
G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door close switch connector. I
3. Check voltage between automatic back door close switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage J
Automatic back door close switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D513 1 Ground Battery voltage DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. M
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and automatic back
door close switch harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Automatic back door close switch N
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 23 D513 1 Yes
O
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module P


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 23 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-239 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between automatic back door close switch harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door close switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D513 2 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
Refer to DLK-240, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace automatic back door close switch. Refer to DLK-346, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911014

1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door close switch connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door close switch terminals.

Automatic back door close switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal

Automatic back door Pressed Yes


1 2
close switch Released No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace automatic back door close switch. Refer to DLK-346, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-240 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911015

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “MAIN SW” in “Data Monitor”. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


ON ON
MAIN SW Automatic back door main switch
OFF OFF
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door main switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-241, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911016

cardiagn.com
G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door main switch connector. I
3. Check voltage between automatic back door main switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage J
Automatic back door main switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M178 1 Ground Battery voltage DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. M
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and automatic back
door main switch harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Automatic back door main switch N
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 10 M178 1 Yes
O
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module P


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 10 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-241 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between automatic back door main switch connector and ground.

Automatic back door main switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M178 3 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
Refer to DLK-242, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace automatic back door main switch. Refer to DLK-344, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911017

1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door switch connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door main switch terminals.

Automatic back door main switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal

Automatic back door ON Yes


1 3
main switch OFF No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace automatic back door main switch. Refer to DLK-344, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-242 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911018

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “AUTO BD SW” in “Data Monitor”. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


Pressed ON
AUTO BD SW Automatic back door switch
Released OFF
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911019

cardiagn.com
G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door switch connector. I
3. Check voltage between automatic back door switch harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage J
Automatic back door switch (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
M24 1 Ground Battery voltage DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. M
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and automatic back
door switch harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Automatic back door switch N


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 22 M24 1 Yes
O
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module P


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 22 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-243 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

3.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT


Check continuity between automatic back door switch harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door switch


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M24 2 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH
Refer to DLK-244, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace automatic back door switch. Refer to DLK-345, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911020

1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect automatic back door switch connector.
3. Check continuity between automatic back door switch terminals.

Automatic back door switch


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Pressed Yes
1 2 Automatic back door switch
Released No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace automatic back door switch. Refer to DLK-345, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-244 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HALF LATCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HALF LATCH SWITCH
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911021

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTO BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “HALF LATCH SW” in “Data Monitor”. C
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:

Monitor item Condition Status D


Fully closed/Half latch OFF
HALF LATCH SW Back door
Open ON
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Half latch switch is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911022

cardiagn.com
G
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

H
1.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector. I
3. Check voltage between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

(–)
Voltage J
Back door lock assembly (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
D512 6 Ground Battery voltage DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. M
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly


Continuity N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 3 D512 6 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground. O

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground P
B55 3 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: December 2016 DLK-245 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
HALF LATCH SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check continuity between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

Back door lock assembly


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
D512 3 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH
Refer to DLK-246, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911023

COMPONENT INSPECTION
1.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check continuity between back door lock assembly terminals.

Back door lock assembly


Condition Continuity
Terminal
Open Yes
6 8 Back door Fully closed/Half
No
latch
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-246 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


TOUCH SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
TOUCH SENSOR
A
RH
RH : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911024
B
1.CHECK FUNCTION
CONSULT C
1. Select “AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “TOUCH SEN RH” in “Data Monitor”.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions:
D
Monitor item Condition Status
Other than below OFF
TOUCH SEN RH Touch sensor RH E
Detect obstruction ON
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Touch sensor RH is OK. F
NO >> Refer to DLK-247, "RH : Diagnosis Procedure".
RH : Diagnosis Procedure

cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000014911025

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".


H

1.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Check voltage between touch sensor RH harness connector and automatic back door control module har-
ness connector.
J
(+) (–)
Automatic back door control mod- Voltage
Touch sensor RH Condition
ule (Approx.) DLK
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Detect obstruc-
1.8 – 5 V
Touch sensor tion L
D515 1 B55 13
RH Other than
2.72 – 7.27 V
above
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH CIRCUIT N

1. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor RH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor RH
harness connector. O

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor RH


Continuity P
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 1 D515 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-247 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


TOUCH SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 2 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH GROND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor RH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor RH
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 13 D515 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module

cardiagn.com
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 13 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH GROND CIRCUIT 2
1. Connect automatic back door control module and touch sensor RH connector.
2. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B55 13 Ground 0.01 – 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH
Refer to DLK-248, "RH : Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace touch sensor RH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.


RH : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911026

1.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect touch sensor RH connector.
3. Check resistance between touch sensor RH terminals.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-248 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


TOUCH SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Touch sensor RH Resistance A


Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

Detect obstruction 380 – 420 kΩ


1 2 Touch sensor RH B
Other than above 0.95 – 1.05 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. C
NO >> Replace touch sensor RH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
LH
LH : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911027
D

1.CHECK FUNCTION
E
CONSULT
1. Select “AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR”.
2. Select “TOUCH SEN LH” in “Data Monitor”.
3. Check that the function operates normally according to the following conditions: F

Monitor item Condition Status

cardiagn.com
Other than below OFF G
TOUCH SEN LH Touch sensor LH
Detect obstruction ON
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Touch sensor LH is OK.
NO >> Refer to DLK-249, "LH : Diagnosis Procedure".
LH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911028 I

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram". J

1.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL DLK


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between touch sensor LH harness connector and automatic back door control module har-
ness connector. L

(+) (–)

Touch sensor LH
Automatic back door control mod-
Condition
Voltage M
ule (Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Detect obstruc- N
1.8 – 5 V
Touch sensor tion
D511 2 B55 13
LH Other than
2.72 – 7.27 V
above O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor LH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor LH
harness connector.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-249 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


TOUCH SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor LH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 2 D511 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 2 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH GROND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module and touch sensor LH connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and touch sensor LH
harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Touch sensor LH

cardiagn.com
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55 13 D511 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B55 13 No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH GROND CIRCUIT 2
1. Connect automatic back door control module and touch sensor LH connector.
2. Check voltage between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Automatic back door control module (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B55 13 Ground 0.01 – 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH
Refer to DLK-251, "LH : Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace touch sensor LH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-250 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


TOUCH SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
LH : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911029

A
1.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect touch sensor LH connector. B
3. Check resistance between touch sensor LH terminals.

Touch sensor LH Resistance C


Condition
Terminal (Approx.)

Detect obstruction 380 – 420 kΩ


1 2 Touch sensor LH D
Other than above 0.95 – 1.05 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. E
NO >> Replace touch sensor LH. Refer to DLK-327, "TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation".

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-251 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SPINDLE MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SPINDLE MOTOR
RH
RH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911030

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spindle unit RH connector.
3. Check voltage between spindle unit RH harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Spindle unit RH (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Auto open opera-
1

cardiagn.com
tion
B73 Ground Back door Battery voltage
Auto close opera-
7
tion
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spindle unit RH. Refer to DLK-326, "SPINDLE UNIT : Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit har-
ness connector.

Automatic back door control module Spindle unit RH


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
29 1
B56 B73 Yes
36 7
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
29
B56 No
36
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
LH
LH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911031

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Revision: December 2016 DLK-252 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
SPINDLE MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Disconnect spindle unit LH connector.
3. Check voltage between spindle unit LH harness connector and ground. A

(+)
Voltage
Spindle unit LH (–) Condition
(Approx.) B
Connector Terminal
Auto open opera-
1
tion C
B95 Ground Back door Battery voltage
Auto close opera-
7
tion
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Replace spindle unit LH. Refer to DLK-326, "SPINDLE UNIT : Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
E
2.CHECK SPINDLE MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and spindle unit LH F
harness connector.

cardiagn.com
Automatic back door control module Spindle unit LH
Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
27 1
B56 B95 Yes
34 7 H
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module I


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
27
B56 No J
34
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation". DLK
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-253 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911032

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

1.CHECK BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR INPUT SIGNAL


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door lock assembly connector.
3. Check voltage between back door lock assembly harness connector and ground.

(+)
Voltage
Back door lock assembly (–) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1 Back door opener Pressed Battery voltage
D512 Ground
2 switch Released 0V

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace back door lock assembly. Refer to DLK-326, "DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector.
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door lock
assembly harness connector.

Automatic back door control module Back door lock assembly


Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
31 1
B56 D512 Yes
38 2
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module


Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
31
B56 No
38
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-254 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING BUZZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING BUZZER
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911033

B
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-99, "Wiring Diagram".

C
1.CHECK BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door warning chime connector. D
3. Check voltage between back door warning chime harness connector and ground.

(+)
E
Voltage
Back door warning chime (–)
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
B61 1 Ground Battery voltage F
Is the inspection result normal?

cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. G

2.CHECK BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT


1. Disconnect automatic back door control module connector. H
2. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and back door warning
chime harness connector.
I
Automatic back door control module Back door warning chime
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B56 37 B61 1 Yes J
3. Check continuity between automatic back door control module harness connector and ground.

Automatic back door control module DLK


Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B56 37 No
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
M
3.CHECK BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between back door warning chime harness connector and ground.
N
Back door warning chime
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B61 2 Yes O

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 4. P
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME
Refer to DLK-256, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace back door warning chime. Refer to DLK-337, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-255 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING BUZZER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT


Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.


Component Inspection INFOID:0000000014911034

1.CHECK BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect back door warning chime connector.
3. Check battery power supply directly to back door warning chime terminals and check the operation.

back door warning chime


Terminal Operation
(+) (-)
1 2 Chime sounds
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com
NO >> Replace back door warning chime. Refer to DLK-337, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-256 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000014911035

1.CHECK FUNCTION B
Check that system receiver (garage door opener, etc.) operates with original hand-held transmitter.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Receiver or hand-held transmitter is malfunctioning.
2.CHECK ILLUMINATE D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Does red light of transmitter illuminate when any transmitter button is pressed?
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refer to DLK-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK TRANSMITTER F
Check transmitter with Tool*.

cardiagn.com
*:For details, refer to Technical Service Bulletin.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Receiver or hand-held transmitter malfunction, not vehicle related.
NO >> Replace auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (Homelink® universal transceiver). Refer to MIR-21,
"Removal and Installation". H

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911036

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to DLK-107, "Wiring Diagram".


J
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. DLK
2. Disconnect auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (Homelink® universal transceiver) connector.
3. Check voltage between auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (Homelink® universal transceiver) harness con-
nector and ground. L

Auto anti-dazzling inside mirror


Voltage (V)
(Homelink® universal transceiv- Terminal Condition
(Approx.)
er) connector
M
Ignition switch position:
10
OFF
R7 Ground Battery voltage N
Ignition switch position:
6
ON
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check the following items:
• 5A fuse 14 located in the fuse block (J/B).
• 10A fuse 30 located in the fuse block (J/B). P
• Harness for open or short between fuse and auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (Homelink® univer-
sal transceiver).
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between auto anti-dazzling inside mirror (Homelink® universal transceiver) harness connec-
tor and ground.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-257 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

Auto anti-dazzling inside mirror


Terminal Continuity
(Homelink® universal transceiver) connector Ground
R7 8 Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Inspection End.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-258 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268631
B
NOTE:
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if any
DTC is detected. C

SYMPTOM TABLE 1 (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)


D
Engine started with
Engine started with
push-button ignition
push-button ignition
Door lock operation switch operation (reg-
Door lock operation switch operation (reg- E
No. (remote keyless en- istered Intelligent Key Symptom
(request switch) istered Intelligent Key
try) is within the detection
placed next to push-
area of inside key an-
button ignition switch)
tenna)
F
1 OK OK No start No start SEC-103
2 OK NG OK OK DLK-260

cardiagn.com
3 OK NG No crank, No start OK DLK-262 G
4 NG NG No crank, No start OK DLK-264
5 NG NG No start No start DLK-265
H
6 OK OK No crank, No start OK SEC-104
7 NG OK OK OK DLK-267
8 NG NG OK OK DLK-268 I
9 Poor range OK OK OK DLK-269

SYMPTOM TABLE 2 (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE J
NORMALLY)

Engine started with Engine started with DLK


push-button ignition push-button ignition
Door lock operation
Door lock operation switch operation (In- switch operation (reg-
No. (remote keyless en- Symptom
(request switch) telligent Key is within istered Intelligent Key
try)
the detection area of placed next to push- L
inside key antenna) button ignition switch)
1 NG OK OK OK DLK-271
2 NG NG No crank, No start OK DLK-272 M
3 NG NG No crank, No start No crank, No start DLK-274
4 OK OK No crank, No start No crank, No start SEC-106
N
5 OK NG No crank, No start OK SEC-107
6 Poor range OK OK OK DLK-276
O

Revision: December 2016 DLK-259 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


ALL DOORS DO NOT LOCK/UNLOCK OR TRUNK/BACK DOOR DO NOT OPEN
WITH REQUEST SWITCH
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
ALL DOORS DO NOT LOCK/UNLOCK OR TRUNK/BACK DOOR DO NOT
OPEN WITH REQUEST SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000015268632

All doors do not lock/unlock using front door request switch.


NOTE:
Before starting diagnosis check that vehicle condition is as shown in “Conditions of vehicle”, and check each
symptom.
SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig-
side key antenna) nition switch)
OK NG OK OK

CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)


• “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” setting in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.

cardiagn.com
• Registered Intelligent Key is within the detection area of outside key antenna.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to DLK-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268633

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE


Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”, and check if DTC is detected.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA
Use SIGNAL TECH II to check each outside key antenna. For the inspection method and how to use SIGNAL
TECH II, refer to “NISSAN/INFINITI SIGNAL TECH II USER GUIDE”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY OUTPUT SIGNAL
Use SIGNAL TECH II to check Intelligent Key outside signal. For the inspection method and how to use SIG-
NAL TECH II, refer to “NISSAN/INFINITI SIGNAL TECH II USER GUIDE”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning outside key antenna. Refer to DLK-335, "DRIVER SIDE : Removal
and Installation" or DLK-335, "PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK DOOR REQUEST SWTICH
Check each door request switch.
• Front door: Refer to DLK-206, "Component Function Check".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-260 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


ALL DOORS DO NOT LOCK/UNLOCK OR TRUNK/BACK DOOR DO NOT OPEN
WITH REQUEST SWITCH
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. A
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to DLK-333, "DRIVER SIDE : Removal and
Installation" or DLK-333, "PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation".
6.REPLACE BCM B
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
D

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-261 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (REQ SW/
PUSH SW) (ALL KEYS)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (REQ
SW/PUSH SW) (ALL KEYS)
Description INFOID:0000000015268634

All doors do not lock/unlock using door request switch, and engine does not start when push-button ignition
switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
Before starting diagnosis check that vehicle condition is as shown in “Conditions of vehicle”, and check each
symptom.
SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig-
side key antenna) nition switch)
OK NG No crank, No start OK

CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)

cardiagn.com
• “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” setting in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
• “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” setting in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to DLK-262, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268635

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE


Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA AND INSIDE KEY ANTENNA
Use SIGNAL TECH II to check each outside key antenna and inside key antenna. For the inspection method
and how to use SIGNAL TECH II, refer to “NISSAN/INFINITI SIGNAL TECH II USER GUIDE”.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.REGISTER INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Register the Intelligent Key again.
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Replace the Intelligent Key and perform registration again.
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-262 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (REQ SW/
PUSH SW) (ALL KEYS)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
B

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-263 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (ALL I-
KEY/REQ SW/PUSH SW)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (ALL
I-KEY/REQ SW/PUSH SW)
Description INFOID:0000000015268636

All doors do not lock/unlock using door request switch, Intelligent Key, and engine does not start when push-
button ignition switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key.
SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig-
side key antenna) nition switch)
NG NG No crank, No start OK

CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)


“ENGINE START BY I-KEY” setting in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

cardiagn.com
Refer to DLK-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268637

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE


Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”, and check if DTC “B26FF” is detected.
Is DTC “B26FF” detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
Check Intelligent Key battery.
Refer to DLK-235, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to DLK-339, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
Check remote keyless entry receiver.
Refer to DLK-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to DLK-338, "Removal and Installation".
5.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-264 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNCTIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ALL KEYS)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNCTIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ALL
A
KEYS)
Description INFOID:0000000015268638
B
Intelligent Key system all functions cannot operate (door lock and engine start).
SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)
C

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request D
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig-
side key antenna) nition switch)
NG NG No start No start E

CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)


“ENGINE START BY I-KEY” setting in “Work support” mode of “INTELLIGENT KEY” of “BCM” is ON.
F
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to DLK-265, "Diagnosis Procedure".

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268639
G

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE


H
Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY-1
For both Intelligent Key that cannot be used for door lock and unlock, check that the Intelligent Key belongs to J
the vehicle to be checked.
• Check if the Intelligent Key that is checked is the Intelligent Key for a different NISSAN/INFINITI vehicle that
the user owns. DLK
• Check that the Intelligent Key buttons match the vehicle specifications.
Does the Intelligent Key belong to the vehicle to be checked?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Check Intelligent Key button operation using a registered Intelligent Key that belongs to the vehi-
cle.
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY-2 M
Check the inside of the both Intelligent Keys for rust or corrosion by water. Simultaneously check the internal
circuits for damage.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key.
4.REGISTER INTELLIGENT KEY O

1. Register the Intelligent Key again.


2. Check operation after replacement.
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Replace the Intelligent Key and perform registration again.
2. Check operation after replacement.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-265 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNCTIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ALL KEYS)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check the operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-266 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
A
Description INFOID:0000000015268640

All doors do not lock/unlock using Intelligent Key button. B


NOTE:
Before starting diagnosis check that vehicle condition is as shown in “Conditions of vehicle”, and check each
symptom.
C
SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but- D


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig-
side key antenna) nition switch) E
NG OK OK OK

CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS) F


Registered Intelligent Key is within the detection area of remote keyless entry receiver.
DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

cardiagn.com
Refer to DLK-267, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268641

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE H

Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.


Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY OUTPUT SIGNAL J
Use SIGNAL TECH II to check Intelligent Key output signal. For the inspection method and how to use SIG-
NAL TECH II, refer to “NISSAN/INFINITI SIGNAL TECH II USER GUIDE”.
Is the inspection result normal? DLK
YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key.
L

Revision: December 2016 DLK-267 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH AND IN-
TELLIGENT KEY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH AND
INTELLIGENT KEY
Description INFOID:0000000015268642

All doors do not lock/unlock using door request switch or Intelligent Key button.
SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig-
side key antenna) nition switch)
NG NG OK OK

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to DLK-268, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268643

cardiagn.com
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE
Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER DOOR LOCK OPERATION
Check door lock/unlock using door lock and unlock switch.
Does door lock/unlock using door lock and unlock switch?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refer to [DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH].
3.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-268 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY BUTTON OPERATION HAS POOR RANGE (ALL KEYS)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY BUTTON OPERATION HAS POOR RANGE (ALL KEYS)
A
Description INFOID:0000000015268644

Intelligent Key button operation has poor range. B


SYMPTOM TABLE (BOTH INTELLIGENT KEYS HAVE THE SAME SYMPTOMS)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but- C


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(registered Intelligent Key is (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
within the detection area of in- placed next to push-button ig- D
side key antenna) nition switch)
Poor range OK OK OK

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE E
Refer to DLK-269, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268645
F
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE

cardiagn.com
Check Intelligent Key system symptom table. G
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING
Check that the Intelligent Key low battery warning operates.
I
Is the Intelligent Key low battery warning operated?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key battery. Refer to DLK-339, "Removal and Installation".
J
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
Check the Intelligent Key battery.
Refer to DLK-235, "Component Function Check". DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key battery. Refer to DLK-339, "Removal and Installation". L
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT-1
Select “Self Diagnostic Result” mode of “BCM”, and check if DTC “B26FF” is detected. M
Is DTC “B26FF” detected?
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 5. N
5.REMOTE AFTERMARKET DEVICE
1. If the vehicle is equipped with any interference-generating aftermarket device such as a vehicle security
system, charger and remote engine starter etc., remove them. O
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. P
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
Check remote keyless entry receiver.
Refer to DLK-225, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
Revision: December 2016 DLK-269 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
INTELLIGENT KEY BUTTON OPERATION HAS POOR RANGE (ALL KEYS)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
7.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-270 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY (ONE KEY)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY (ONE KEY)
A
Description INFOID:0000000015268646

All doors do not lock/unlock using Intelligent Key button. (One Intelligent Key has the symptom, other keys B
operate normally.)
NOTE:
Before starting diagnosis check that vehicle condition is as shown in “Conditions of vehicle”, and check each
symptom. C

SYMPTOM TABLE (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE NOR-
MALLY) D

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request E
(Intelligent Key is within the (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
detection area of inside key placed next to push-button ig-
antenna) nition switch)
NG OK OK OK F

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

cardiagn.com
Refer to DLK-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268647

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE H


Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY OUTPUT SIGNAL J
Use SIGNAL TECH II to check Intelligent Key output signal. For the inspection method and how to use SIG-
NAL TECH II, refer to “NISSAN/INFINITI SIGNAL TECH II USER GUIDE”.
Is the inspection result normal? DLK
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key.
3. REGISTER INTELLIGENT KEY L
1. Register the Intelligent Key again.
2. Check operation after replacement.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 4.
N
4.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Replace the Intelligent Key and perform registration again.
2. Check operation after replacement. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 5. P
5.REPLACE BCM
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-271 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (ONE I-
KEY/REQ SW/PUSH SW)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (ONE
I-KEY/REQ SW/PUSH SW)
Description INFOID:0000000015268648

All doors do not lock/unlock using door request switch or Intelligent Key, and engine does not start when push-
button ignition switch is pressed while carrying Intelligent Key. (One Intelligent Key has the symptom, other
keys operate normally.)
SYMPTOM TABLE (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE NOR-
MALLY)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(Intelligent Key is within the (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
detection area of inside key placed next to push-button ig-
antenna) nition switch)
NG NG No crank, No start OK

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to DLK-272, "Diagnosis Procedure".

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268649

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE


Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY
Check the inside of the Intelligent Key for rust or corrosion by water. Simultaneously check the internal circuits
for damage. Squeeze, twist or bend the Intelligent Key and check the functionality again. Is the Intelligent Key
operating normally?
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key.
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
Check the Intelligent Key battery.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key battery. Refer to DLK-339, "Removal and Installation".
4.REGISTER INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Register the Intelligent Key again.
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Replace the Intelligent Key and perform registration again.
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 6.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-272 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK AND ENGINE DOES NOT START (ONE I-
KEY/REQ SW/PUSH SW)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

6.REPLACE BCM A
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
C

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-273 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNCTIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ONE KEY)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNCTIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ONE
KEY)
Description INFOID:0000000015268650

Intelligent Key system all functions cannot operate (door lock and engine start). (One Intelligent Key has the
symptom, other keys operate normally.)
SYMPTOM TABLE (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE NOR-
MALLY)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(Intelligent Key is within the (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
detection area of inside key placed next to push-button ig-
antenna) nition switch)
NG NG No crank, No start No crank, No start

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to DLK-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".

cardiagn.com
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268651

1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE


Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY-1
For Intelligent Key that cannot be used for door lock and unlock, check that the Intelligent Key belongs to the
vehicle to be checked.
Does the Intelligent Key belong to the vehicle to be checked?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check Intelligent Key button operation using a registered Intelligent Key that belongs to the vehi-
cle.
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY-2
Check the inside of the Intelligent Key for rust or corrosion by water. Simultaneously check the internal circuits
for damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key.
4.REGISTER INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Register the Intelligent Key again.
2. Check the operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE INTELLIGENT KEY
1. Replace the Intelligent Key and perform registration again.
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 6.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-274 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ALL FUNCTIONS CANNOT OPERATE (ONE KEY)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

6.REPLACE BCM A
1. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-73, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check operation after replacement.
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
C

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-275 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY BUTTON OPERATION HAS POOR RANGE (ONE KEY)
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY BUTTON OPERATION HAS POOR RANGE (ONE KEY)
Description INFOID:0000000015268652

Intelligent Key button operation has poor range. (One Intelligent Key has the symptom, other keys operate
normally.)
SYMPTOM TABLE (ONE INTELLIGENT KEY HAS THE SYMPTOM, OTHER KEYS OPERATE NOR-
MALLY)

Engine started with push-but- Engine started with push-but-


ton ignition switch operation ton ignition switch operation
Door lock operation (remote Door lock operation (request
(Intelligent Key is within the (registered Intelligent Key
keyless entry) switch)
detection area of inside key placed next to push-button ig-
antenna) nition switch)
Poor range OK OK OK

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Refer to DLK-276, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000015268653

cardiagn.com
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM SYMPTOM TABLE
Check Intelligent Key system symptom table.
Refer to DLK-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING
Check that the Intelligent Key low battery warning operates.
Is the Intelligent Key low battery warning operated?
YES >> Replace Intelligent Key battery. Refer to DLK-339, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
Check the Intelligent Key battery.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace Intelligent Key and register new Intelligent Key.
NO >> Replace Intelligent Key battery. Refer to DLK-339, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-276 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
A
ALL SWITCHES
ALL SWITCHES : Description INFOID:0000000014911067
B
Automatic back door open/close function does not operate using all switches.
NOTE:
Automatic back door open/close operation condition is extremely complicated. During operating confirmations, C
reconfirm the list above twice in order to ensure proper operation. Refer to DLK-40, "System Description".
ALL SWITCHES : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911068

D
1.CHECK DTC WITH AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Check that DTC is not detected with automatic back door control module.
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
F
2.CHECK BACK DOOR AUTO CLOSURE FUNCTION
Check back door auto closure function.

cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refer to DLK-280, "OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT H

Check automatic back door control module power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to DLK-204, "AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
J
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check automatic back door control module ground circuit.
Refer to DLK-204, "AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure". DLK
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. L
5.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH
Check touch sensor LH. M
Refer to DLK-251, "LH : Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH
Check touch sensor RH. O
Refer to DLK-248, "RH : Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. P
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
7.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
Revision: December 2016 DLK-277 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000014911069

Automatic back door open/close function does not operate using automatic back door switch.
NOTE:
Automatic back door open/close operation condition is extremely complicated. During operating confirmations,
reconfirm the list above twice in order to ensure proper operation. Refer to DLK-40, "System Description".
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911070

1.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH


Check automatic back door switch.
Refer to DLK-243, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE

cardiagn.com
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000014911071

Automatic back door open/close function does not operate using automatic back door close switch.
NOTE:
Automatic back door open/close operation condition is extremely complicated. During operating confirmations,
reconfirm the list above twice in order to ensure proper operation. Refer to DLK-40, "System Description".
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911072

1.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


1. Turn ON automatic back door main switch.
2. Confirm the operation.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door system is normal.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
Check automatic back door close switch.
Refer to DLK-239, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
Check automatic back door main switch.
Refer to DLK-241, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Revision: December 2016 DLK-278 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement. A
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". B
INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : Description INFOID:0000000014911073
C
Automatic back door open/close function does not operate using Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
Automatic back door open/close operation condition is extremely complicated. During operating confirmations, D
reconfirm the list above twice in order to ensure proper operation. Refer to DLK-27, "INTELLIGENT KEY SYS-
TEM : System Description".
E
INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911074

1.CHECK DTC WITH AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE


F
Check that DTC is not detected with automatic back door control module.
Is the inspection result normal?

cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH BCM
Check that DTC is not detected with BCM. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated. I

3.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION


Check remote keyless entry function. J
Does door lock/unlock with Intelligent Key button?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Refer to DLK-267, "Diagnosis Procedure". DLK
4.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
L
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End. M
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000014911075
N

Automatic back door open/close function does not operate using back door opener switch.
NOTE: O
Automatic back door open/close operation condition is extremely complicated. During operating confirmations,
reconfirm the list above twice in order to ensure proper operation. Refer to DLK-40, "System Description".
BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911076 P

1.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


1. Turn ON automatic back door main switch.
2. Confirm the operation.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door system is normal.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-279 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
Check automatic back door main switch.
Refer to DLK-241, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
Check back door opener switch.
Refer to DLK-231, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?

cardiagn.com
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION
OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION : Description INFOID:0000000014911077

Back door auto closure function does not operate when back door opening and closing operations are per-
formed.
OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911078

1.CONFIRM THE OPERATION


1. Turn ON automatic back door main switch.
2. Confirm the operation.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door system is normal.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Check that DTC is not detected with automatic back door control module.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
Check automatic back door main switch.
Refer to DLK-241, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
Check back door opener switch.
Refer to DLK-231, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-280 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

5.CHECK BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR A


Check back door closure motor.
Refer to DLK-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE C
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal? D
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
OPEN FUNCTION E

OPEN FUNCTION : Description INFOID:0000000014911079

F
Back door auto closure function does not operate when back door opening operations are performed.
OPEN FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure

cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000014911080

G
1.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
1. Turn ON automatic back door main switch.
2. Confirm the operation. H
Is the result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door system is normal.
NO >> GO TO 2. I

2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH


Check automatic back door main switch. J
Refer to DLK-241, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. DLK
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH
L
Check back door opener switch.
Refer to DLK-231, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE N
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal? O
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
CLOSURE FUNCTION P

CLOSURE FUNCTION : Description INFOID:0000000014911081

Back door auto closure function does not operate when back door closing operations are performed.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-281 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911082

1.CHECK HALF LATCH SWITCH


Check half latch switch.
Refer to DLK-245, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR
Check back door closure motor.
Refer to DLK-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.

cardiagn.com
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-282 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE
A
BUZZER
BUZZER : Description INFOID:0000000014911083
B
Automatic back door warning chime does not operate when automatic back door warning function are per-
formed.
BUZZER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911084
C

1.CHECK DTC WITCH AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE


D
Check that DTC is not detected with automatic back door control module.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME
Check back door warning chime. F
Refer to DLK-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?

cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE H
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal? I
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
HAZARD WARNING LAMP J
HAZARD WARNING LAMP : Description INFOID:0000000014911085

Hazard warning lamp does not operate when automatic back door warning function are performed. DLK

HAZARD WARNING LAMP : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911086

L
1.CHECK DTC WITCH AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
Check that DTC is not detected with automatic back door control module.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITCH BCM N
Check that DTC is not detected with BCM.
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT P
Check automatic back door control module ground circuit.
Refer to DLK-204, "AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION
Revision: December 2016 DLK-283 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Check hazard and horn reminder function.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to DLK-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-284 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR FUNCTIONS DO NOT CANCEL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR FUNCTIONS DO NOT CANCEL
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911087

1.CHECK THE OPERATION B


Check automatic back door main switch function.
NOTE:
When the main switch is OFF, the automatic back door operation is not available by back door opener switch C
and automatic back door close switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Automatic back door system is normal. D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
E
Check automatic back door main switch.
Refer to DLK-241, "Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

cardiagn.com
3.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE G
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal? H
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".
I

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-285 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911088

1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT


Check automatic back door control module power supply and ground circuit.
Refer to DLK-204, "AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR LH
Check touch sensor LH.
Refer to DLK-249, "LH : Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK TOUCH SENSOR RH

cardiagn.com
Check touch sensor RH.
Refer to DLK-247, "RH : Component Function Check".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.REPLACE AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
1. Replace automatic back door control module. Refer to DLK-343, "Removal and Installation".
2. Confirm the operation after replacement.
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-286 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER DOES NOT OPERATE
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000014911089

1.CHECK INTEGRATED HOMELINK® TRANSMITTER B


Check integrated Homelink® transmitter.
Refer to DLK-257, "Component Function Check".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
D
2.REPLACE AUTO ANTI-DAZZLING INSIDE MIRROR
Replace auto anti-dazzling inside mirror.
Refer to MIR-21, "Removal and Installation". E
Is the result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-54, "Intermittent Incident". F

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-287 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow INFOID:0000000014911090

SBT842

cardiagn.com
CUSTOMER INTERVIEW
Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diag-
nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any
customer's comments; refer to DLK-292, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate
the conditions that exist when the noise occurs.
• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).
• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer.
• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when
defining the noise.
• Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)
Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces
= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping.
• Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor)
Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen-
dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle)
Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing
clip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock —(Like a knock on a door)
Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
• Tick—(Like a clock second hand)
Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver
action or road conditions.
• Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise)
Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz—(Like a bumble bee)
Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge
as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE
If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on
the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to
duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-288 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to dupli-
cate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: A
1) Close a door.
2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.
3) Rev the engine.
B
4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.
5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT and A/T models).
6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.
• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs. C
• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS D
After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related
to that concern or symptom.
If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise. E
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE
1. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope). F
2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:
• removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from.

cardiagn.com
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be G
broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise.
Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only H
temporarily.
• feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the
noise.
• placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise. I
• looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to DLK-289, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting".
REPAIR THE CAUSE J
• If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.
• If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:
- separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible. DLK
- insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane
tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-50397) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Depart-
ment. L
CAUTION:
Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.
NOTE:
• Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. M
• The materials contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-50397) are listed on the inside cover of the
kit; and can each be ordered separately as needed.
• The following materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles. N
- SILICONE GREASE: Use instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or does not fit. The silicone grease will
only last a few months.
- SILICONE SPRAY: Use when grease cannot be applied.
- DUCT TAPE: Use to eliminate movement. O

CONFIRM THE REPAIR


Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same
conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet. P

Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000014911091

Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between:

Revision: December 2016 DLK-289 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Cluster lid A and the instrument panel
2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing
3. Instrument panel to front pillar finisher
4. Instrument panel to windshield
5. Instrument panel pins
6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter
7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by
pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by apply-
ing felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring har-
ness.
CAUTION:
Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will
not be able to recheck the repair.
CENTER CONSOLE
Components to pay attention to include:
1. Shift selector assembly cover to finisher
2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C

cardiagn.com
3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit
The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORS
Pay attention to the:
1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise
2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher
3. Wiring harnesses tapping
4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops
Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate
many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from
the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-50397) to repair the noise.
TRUNK
Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner.
In addition look for:
1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment
2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment
3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together
4. A loose license plate or bracket
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) caus-
ing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLINING
Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:
1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise
2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder
3. Front or rear windshield touching headlining and squeaking
Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these
incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR)
Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of
these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage.
In addition look for:
1. Loose harness or harness connectors.
2. Front console map/reading lamp lens loose.
Revision: December 2016 DLK-290 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Loose screws at console attachment points.
A
SEATS
When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when
the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the
noise. B
Cause of seat noise include:
1. Headrest rods and holder
2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame C
3. The rear seatback lock and bracket
These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the con-
ditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component D
or applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOOD
E
Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then
transmitted into the passenger compartment.
Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:
1. Any component installed to the engine wall F
2. Components that pass through the engine wall

cardiagn.com
3. Engine wall mounts and connectors
G
4. Loose radiator installation pins
5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment
6. Hood striker out of adjustment H
These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best
method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine rpm or
load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or
I
insulating the component causing the noise.

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-291 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000014911092

cardiagn.com
LAIA0072E

Revision: December 2016 DLK-292 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

LAIA0071E

Revision: December 2016 DLK-293 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


HOOD
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625213

cardiagn.com
AWKIA4241ZZ

1. Hood hinge (RH) 2. Hood 3. Hood side seal


4. Hood front seal 5. Hood center seal 6. Bumper rubber
7. Hood insulator 8. Hood rod clamp 9. Hood support rod
10. Hood rod grommet 11. Hood hinge (LH) Clip

HOOD ASSEMBLY
HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625214

CAUTION:
• Use two people when removing or installing hood assembly due to its heavy weight.
• Use protective tape or shop cloths to protect surrounding components from damage during removal
and installation of hood assembly.
REMOVAL
1. Support the hood assembly using a suitable tool.
WARNING:
Bodily injury may occur if hood assembly is not supported properly when removing hood assem-
bly.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-294 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Remove hood hinge to hood nuts (A) and hood assembly.
NOTE: A
RH side shown; LH similar.

ALKIA3338ZZ

D
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: E
• Before installing the hood hinge, apply anticorrosive agent onto the surface of the vehicle.
• After installation, perform the hood assembly adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-295, "HOOD
ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".
F
HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment INFOID:0000000014625215

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

O
AWKIA4243ZZ

1. Hood assembly 2. Front grille 3. Front combination lamp P


4. Fender 5. Bumper rubber 6. Hood hinge
7. Hood lock

Check the clearance and the surface height between hood and each part by visual inspection and tactile feel.
If the clearance and the surface height are out of specification, adjust them according to the adjustment proce-
dures.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-295 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Unit: mm (in)

Portion Section Item Measurement Standard Parallelism


D Surface height 0.0 ± 1.0 (0.0 ± 0.04) 1.4 (0.06)
Hood - Fender A-A
E Clearance 3.5 ± 1.0 (0.14 ± 0.04) 1.4 (0.06)
Hood - Front combination lamp B-B F Clearance 9.0 ± 2.0 (0.35 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
Hood - Front grille C-C G Clearance 9.0 ± 2.0 (0.35 ± 0.08) 2.3 (0.09)

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
1. Loosen the hood lock assembly bolts.
2. Adjust the surface height of hood assembly to front grille and front fender according to the specified val-
ues by rotating hood bumper rubber.
3. Temporarily tighten hood lock assembly bolts.
4. Adjust (A) and (B) as shown to the following value with hood's own weight by dropping it from approxi-
mately 200 mm (7.87 in) height or by pressing hood lightly [approximately 29 N (3.0 kg, 6.5 lb)].

cardiagn.com
AWKIA2925ZZ

1. Secondary striker 2. Primary striker 3. Hood assembly


A. 20 mm (0.79 in) B. 6.8 mm (0.27 in)

5. After adjustment, tighten hood hinge nuts and bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
• Check hood hinge rotating part for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-purpose
grease.
• After adjusting, apply touch-up paint (body color) to the head of hood hinge bolts and nuts.
CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
1. Loosen hood hinge nuts and bolts.
2. Loosen the hood lock assembly bolts.
3. Adjust the hood assembly so the clearance measurements are within specifications.
4. Tighten the hood hinge nuts and bolts to specified torque.
5. Tighten the hood lock assembly bolts to specified torque.

HOOD HINGE
HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625216

REMOVAL
1. Remove hood assembly. Refer to DLK-294, "HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-296 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Remove front fender. Refer to DLK-299, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove hood hinge bolts, and then remove hood hinge. A

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: B
• Before installing the hood hinge, apply anticorrosive agent onto the surface of the vehicle.
• After installation, perform hood assembly adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-295, "HOOD ASSEM-
BLY : Adjustment". C

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-297 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625217

cardiagn.com
AWKIA4244ZZ

1. Radiator core upper support 2. Secondary latch bracket 3. Radiator core lower support

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625218

CAUTION:
When removing radiator core support upper, be careful not to damage the painted surface.
REMOVAL
Radiator Core Upper Support
1. Remove front combination lamp (LH). Refer to EXL-116, "Removal and Installation" (HALOGEN HEAD-
LAMP) or (LED HEADLAMP) EXL-247, "Removal and Installation"
2. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
3. Remove hood lock. Refer to DLK-316, "HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation".
4. Remove secondary latch. Refer to DLK-317, "SECONDARY LATCH : Removal and Installation".
5. Remove crash zone sensor. Refer to SR-23, "Removal and Installation".
6. Remove bolts and radiator core upper support.
Radiator Core Lower Support
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-26, "Removal and Installation".
2. Support the radiator using a suitable tool.
3. Remove bolts and radiator core lower support.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Tighten bolts to specified torque. Refer to DLK-298, "Exploded View".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-298 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT FENDER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
FRONT FENDER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625219

cardiagn.com
G
AWKIA2926ZZ

1. Front fender
H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625220

CAUTION: I
Use a shop cloths to protect the body from being damaged during removal and installation.
REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-26, "Removal and Installation". J
2. Remove front combination lamp. Refer to EXL-116, "Removal and Installation" (HALOGEN HEADLAMP)
or EXL-247, "Removal and Installation". (LED HEADLAMP).
3. Remove center mudguard. Refer to EXT-47, "Removal and Installation - Center Mudguard". DLK
4. Remove screws (A) and front fender bracket (1).

N
ALKIA3354ZZ

5. Remove bolts and front fender. O


CAUTION:
Use care when removing the front fender. The front fender baffle foam adheres the front fender to
the body side outer. Carefully release the baffle foam or damage to the front fender may occur.
P
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• After installation apply touch up paint (body color) to the head of front fender bolts.
• After installation, adjust the following components as necessary:
- Hood assembly: Refer to DLK-295, "HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".
- Front door: Refer to DLK-302, "DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-299 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT FENDER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-299, "Exploded View".

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-300 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
FRONT DOOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625221

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AWKIA4245ZZ

1. Front door panel 2. Grommet 3. Door striker


4. Bumper rubber 5. Bumper rubber 6. Door check link

Revision: December 2016 DLK-301 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
7. Front door hinge 8. Weather-strip 9. Weather-strip clip
Pawl Clip

DOOR ASSEMBLY
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625222

CAUTION:
• Use two people when removing or installing the front door due to its heavy weight.
• When removing and installing front door assembly, support front door with a suitable tool.
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery negative and positive terminals and wait at least three minutes with the side air
bag (satellite) sensor.
2. Remove front door finisher. Refer to INT-15, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove front door vapor barrier (1).
NOTE:
LH side shown; RH similar.

cardiagn.com
ALKIA3488ZZ

4. Disconnect the harness connectors from the front door.


5. Remove front door harness grommet, then harness from the front door.
6. Remove front door check link bolt (body side).
7. Remove front door hinge nuts (door side) and front door assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten nuts/bolts to specified torque. Refer to DLK-301, "Exploded View".
• Apply anticorrosive agent where necessary.
• After installation, check front door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
• After installation, perform the front door adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-302, "DOOR ASSEM-
BLY : Adjustment".
• Perform camera image calibration (with around view monitor). PWC-26, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE
WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description" (AROUND VIEWMONITOR SYS-
TEM).
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment INFOID:0000000014625223

ADJUSTMENT

Revision: December 2016 DLK-302 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

L
AWKIA4246ZZ

1. Front fender 2. Front door 3. Rear door M


4. Body side outer 5. Door striker 6. Front door hinge
7. Rear door upper hinge 8. Rear door lower hinge
N
Check the clearance and surface height between front door and each part by visual inspection and tactile feel.
If the clearance and the surface height are out of specification, adjust them according to the adjustment proce-
dure.
Unit: mm (in) O
Portion Section Standard
H 4.2 ± 1.0 (0.17 ± 0.04)
Front fender - Front door A–A P
G ± 1.0 (± 0.04)
J 4.5 ± 1.0 (0.18 ± 0.04)
Front door - Rear door B–B
K ± 1.0 (± 0.04)
L 4.0 ± 1.0 (0.16 ± 0.04)
Rear door - Body side outer C–C
M ± 1.0 (± 0.04)

Revision: December 2016 DLK-303 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Remove front fender. Refer to DLK-299, "Removal and Installation".
2. Loosen front door hinge nuts (door side).
3. Adjust the surface height of front door according to the specifications provided.
4. Temporarily tighten front door hinge nuts (door side).
5. Loosen front door hinge bolts (body side).
6. Raise front door at rear end to adjust clearance of the front door according to the specifications provided.
7. After adjustment tighten bolts and nuts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
• Check door hinge rotating point for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-purpose
grease.
• After adjusting, apply touch-up paint (body color) to the head of front door hinge bolts and nuts.
8. Install front fender. Refer to refer to DLK-299, "Removal and Installation".
DOOR STRIKER
DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625224

REMOVAL
Remove bolts and front door striker.

cardiagn.com
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front door striker bolts.
• After installation, check front door open/close operation. If necessary, adjust the front door striker.
Refer to DLK-304, "DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment".
• Tighten bolts to specified torque. Refer to DLK-301, "Exploded View".
DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment INFOID:0000000014625225

DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT


1. Loosen door striker bolts
2. Adjust door striker so that it becomes parallel with front door lock
insertion direction.

PIIB2804J

3. Tighten door striker bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-301, "Exploded View".


DOOR HINGE
DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625226

REMOVAL
1. Remove front fender. Refer to DLK-299, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front door assembly. Refer to DLK-302, "DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove front door hinge bolts (body side) and front door hinge.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten nuts/bolts to specified torque. Refer to DLK-301, "Exploded View".
Revision: December 2016 DLK-304 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
FRONT DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• Apply anticorrosive agent to the hinge mating surface.
• After installation, check front door open/close and lock/unlock operation. A
• Check door hinge rotating point for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-purpose
grease.
• After installation, perform the front door adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-302, "DOOR ASSEM-
B
BLY : Adjustment".
DOOR CHECK LINK
DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625227 C

REMOVAL
1. Fully close the front door window. D
2. Remove front door speaker. Refer to AV-68, "Removal and Installation" (DISPLAY AUDIO WITHOUT
BOSE), or AV-149, "Removal and Installation" (DISPLAY AUDIO WITH BOSE), or AV-244, "Removal and
Installation" (NAVIGATION WITHOUT BOSE) or AV-358, "Removal and Installation" (NAVIGATION WITH E
BOSE).
3. Remove door check link bolt (body side).
4. Remove door check link bolts (door side). F
5. Remove door check link through the hole in door assembly.

cardiagn.com
INSTALLATION G
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten nuts/bolts to specified torque. Refer to DLK-301, "Exploded View".
• After installation, check front door open/close and lock/unlock operation. H
• Check door check link rotating point for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-pur-
pose grease.
I

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-305 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
REAR DOOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625228

cardiagn.com

AWKIA4247ZZ

1. Rear door panel 2. Grommet 3. Door striker


4. Bumper rubber 5. Grommet 6. Door check link

Revision: December 2016 DLK-306 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
7. Rear door lower hinge 8. Rear door upper hinge 9. Weather-strip clip
10. Weather-strip Pawl Clip A

DOOR ASSEMBLY
B
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625229

CAUTION:
• Use two people when removing or installing the rear door due to its heavy weight. C
• When removing and installing rear door assembly, support rear door using a suitable tool.
REMOVAL
D
1. Remove rear door finisher. Refer to INT-18, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear door vapor barrier (1).
NOTE: E
LH side shown; RH similar.

cardiagn.com
G

ALKIA3481ZZ

H
3. Disconnect the harness connectors from rear door.
4. Remove harness grommet from rear door, then pull out rear door harness from the rear door.
5. Remove rear door check link bolt (body side). I
6. Remove rear door hinge nuts (door side) and rear door assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. J
CAUTION:
• Tighten nuts/bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-306, "Exploded View".
• Apply anticorrosive agent where necessary. DLK
• After installation, check rear door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
• After installation, perform the rear door adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-308, "DOOR ASSEMBLY
: Adjustment".
L

Revision: December 2016 DLK-307 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment INFOID:0000000014625230

cardiagn.com
AWKIA4246ZZ

1. Front fender 2. Front door 3. Rear door


4. Body side outer 5. Door striker 6. Front door hinge
7. Rear door upper hinge 8. Rear door lower hinge

Check the clearance and surface height between rear door and each part by visual inspection and tactile feel.
If the clearance and the surface height are out of specification, adjust them according to the adjustment proce-
dures.
Unit: mm (in)

Portion Section Standard


H 4.2 ± 1.0 (0.17 ± 0.04)
Front fender - Front door A–A
G ± 1.0 (± 0.04)
J 4.3 ± 1.0 (0.17 ± 0.04)
Front door - Rear door B–B
K ± 1.0 (± 0.04)

Revision: December 2016 DLK-308 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Portion Section Standard
A
L 4.0 ± 1.0 (0.16 ± 0.04)
Rear door - Body side outer C–C
M ± 1.0 (± 0.04)

B
1. Remove center pillar lower finisher. Refer to INT-22, "CENTER PILLAR LOWER FINISHER : Removal
and Installation".
2. Loosen rear door hinge nuts (door side). C
3. Adjust the surface height of rear door according to specifications provided.
4. Temporarily tighten rear door hinge nuts (door side).
5. Loosen rear door hinge nuts and bolts (body side). D
6. Raise rear door at rear end to adjust clearance of rear door according to the specifications provided.
7. After adjustment tighten bolts and nuts to the specified torque.
CAUTION: E
• Check rear door hinge rotating point for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-pur-
pose grease.
• After adjusting, apply touch-up paint (body color) to the head of rear door hinge bolts and nuts. F
8. Install center pillar lower finisher. Refer to INT-22, "CENTER PILLAR LOWER FINISHER : Removal and
Installation".

cardiagn.com
DOOR STRIKER G

DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625231

H
REMOVAL
Remove bolts and rear door striker.
INSTALLATION I
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse rear door striker bolts. J
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-306, "Exploded View".
• After installation, check rear door open/close operation. If necessary, adjust the door striker. Refer to
DLK-309, "DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment".
DLK
DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment INFOID:0000000014625232

DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT L


1. Loosen door striker bolts
2. Adjust door striker so that it becomes parallel with front door lock
insertion direction. M

PIIB2804J

P
3. Tighten door striker bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-306, "Exploded View".
DOOR HINGE
DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625233

REMOVAL

Revision: December 2016 DLK-309 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Remove rear door assembly. Refer to DLK-307, "DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove center pillar lower finisher (rear door lower hinge only). Refer to INT-22, "CENTER PILLAR
LOWER FINISHER : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove rear door hinge bolts and nuts and rear door hinge.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten nuts/bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-306, "Exploded View".
• Apply anticorrosive agent onto the hinge mating surface.
• After installation, check rear door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
• After installation, perform the rear door adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-308, "DOOR ASSEMBLY
: Adjustment".
DOOR CHECK LINK
DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625234

REMOVAL
1. Fully close the rear door window.
2. Remove rear door speaker. Refer to AV-69, "Removal and Installation" (DISPLAY AUDIO WITHOUT-

cardiagn.com
BOSE), AV-151, "Removal and Installation" (DISPLAY AUDIO WITH BOSE) or AV-245, "Removal and
Installation" (NAVIGATION WITHOUT BOSE) or AV-360, "Removal and Installation" (NAVIGATION WITH
BOSE) OR.
3. Remove rear door check link bolt (body side).
4. Remove rear door check link bolts (door side).
5. Remove rear door check link through the hole in rear door panel.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-306, "Exploded View".
• After installation, check rear door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
• Check rear door check link rotating point for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-
purpose grease.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-310 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625235

cardiagn.com
G

I
AWKIA4255ZZ

1. Back door hinge 2. Back door striker 3. Spindle unit hinge (with automatic J
back door)
4. Back door stay hinge 5. Bumper rubber 6. Back door

BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY DLK

BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625236

L
CAUTION:
• Use two people when removing or installing the back door due to its heavy weight.
• Use shop cloths to protect surrounding components from damage during removal and installation of
back door. M
• Perform calibration of automatic back door position information. Refer to DLK-116, "Description".
REMOVAL
N
1. Support the back door assembly using a suitable tool.
WARNING:
Bodily injury may occur if back door assembly is not supported properly when removing the back O
door spindle unit.
2. Remove spindle units (LH/RH) or back door stays (LH/RH). Refer to DLK-326, "SPINDLE UNIT : Removal
and Installation" (WITH AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR) or DLK-327, "BACK DOOR STAY : Removal and
Installation" (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR). P

Revision: December 2016 DLK-311 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Disconnect harness connectors (A) from back door.

ALKIA2469ZZ

4. Remove back door harness grommet, then pull harness from the back door.
5. Disconnect washer tube.
6. Remove washer tube grommet and washer tube from the back door.
7. Remove back door hinge bolts (door side) and back door assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-311, "Exploded View".

cardiagn.com
• Apply anticorrosive agent onto the surface between hinge and door side.
• When reusing stud ball, always apply locking sealant before installing stud ball to back door.
• After installation, perform the back door assembly adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-313, "BACK
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".
• Perform calibration of automatic back door position information. Refer to DLK-116, "Description".
• Perform camera image calibration (with around view monitor). Refer to AV-190, "CONFIGURATION
(AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description" (NAVITGATION WITHOUT BOSE) or AV-290, "CONFIGURATION
(AV CONTROL UNIT) : Description" (NAVIGATION WITH BOSE).

Revision: December 2016 DLK-312 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment INFOID:0000000014625237

cardiagn.com
G

DLK

AWKIA2918ZZ O

1. Back door assembly 2. Roof panel 3. Rear spoiler


4. Back door glass 5. Rear combination lamp 6. Back-up lamp P
7. Rear fender 8. Side spoiler

Check the clearance and the surface height between back door and each part by visual inspection and tactile
feel. If the clearance and the surface height are out of specification, adjust them according to the adjustment
procedure.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-313 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Unit: mm (in)

Portion Section Item Measurement Standard Paraelleism


E Clearance 7.0 ± 2.0 (0.28 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
Roof panel – Rear spoiler A–A
F Surface height 1.7 ± 2.0 (0.07 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
G Clearance 5.5 ± 2.0 (0.22 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
Side spoiler – Back door glass B–B
H Surface height — —
J Clearance 4.5 ± 2.0 (0.18 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
Rear combination lamp – Back-up lamp C–C
K Surface height 2.2 ± 2.0 (0.09 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
M Clearance 4.7 ± 2.0 (0.19 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
Rear fender – Back door D–D
N Surface height 2.5 ± 2.0 (0.10 ± 0.08) 2.0 (0.08)
1. Loosen back door hinge nuts (door side).
2. Lift up back door approximately 100 – 150 mm (3.94 – 5.91 in) height then close it lightly and check that it
is engaged firmly with back door closed.
3. Check the clearance and surface height according to the specifications provided.
4. Tighten back door hinge nuts to specified torque.
CAUTION:
• After installation, check back door open/close, lock/unlock operation.

cardiagn.com
• Check back door hinge rotating point for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-
purpose grease.
• After adjusting, apply touch-up paint (body color) to the head of rear door hinge bolts and nuts.
• Perform calibration of automatic back door position information. Refer to DLK-116, "Descrip-
tion".
BACK DOOR STRIKER
BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625238

REMOVAL
1. Release back door striker cover (1) pawls using a suitable tool
and remove.
: Pawl

ALKIA3411ZZ

2. Remove back door welt. Refer to DLK-315, "BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove bolts and back door striker.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse back door striker bolts.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse back door striker bolts.
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-311, "Exploded View".
• After installation, check back door open/close operation. If necessary, adjust the door striker. Refer
to DLK-315, "BACK DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-314 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR STRIKER : Adjustment INFOID:0000000014625239

A
DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT
1. Loosen door striker bolts
B
2. Adjust door striker so that it becomes parallel with front door lock
insertion direction.

E
ALKIA3218ZZ

3. Tighten door striker bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-311, "Exploded View".


F
BACK DOOR HINGE
BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation

cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000014625240

G
REMOVAL
1. Remove back door assembly. Refer to DLK-311, "BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation".
H
2. Partially remove the rear of the headlining. Refer to INT-29, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove nuts and back door hinge.
INSTALLATION I
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten nuts to specification. Refer to DLK-311, "Exploded View". J
• Apply anticorrosive agent onto the surface between hinge and body side.
• After installation, perform the back door assembly adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-313, "BACK
DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment".
BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP DLK

BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625241

L
REMOVAL
Carefully remove back door weather-strip from opening door joint.
M
INSTALLATION
1. Beginning with upper section, align weather-strip mark with vehicle center position mark and install
weather strip to the vehicle.
N
2. For the lower section, align weather-strip seam with center of back door striker.
NOTE:
Pull weather-strip gently to ensure that there are no loose sections.
O

Revision: December 2016 DLK-315 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
HOOD LOCK
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625242

cardiagn.com
AWKIA4248ZZ

1. Hood lock 2. Secondary latch 3. Hood lock release cable


4. Hood lock release handle A. Clip

HOOD LOCK
HOOD LOCK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625243

REMOVAL
1. Disconnect hood lock release cable and secondary latch cable from hood lock.
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the hood lock.
3. Remove bolts and hood lock.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten bolts to specified torque. Refer to DLK-316, "Exploded View".
• Check that hood lock release cable and secondary latch cable are properly engaged with hood lock.
• After installation, perform hood assembly adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-295, "HOOD ASSEM-
BLY : Adjustment".
• After adjusting, perform hood lock inspection. Refer to DLK-316, "HOOD LOCK : Inspection".
HOOD LOCK : Inspection INFOID:0000000014625244

NOTE:
If the hood lock cable is bent or deformed, replace it.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-316 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Check that secondary latch is properly engaged with secondary striker with hoods own weight.
2. While operating hood lock release handle, carefully check that the front end of hood assembly is raised by A
approximately 20.0 mm (0.79 in). Also check that hood lock release handle returns to the original position.
3. Check that hood lock release handle operates at 49 N (5.0 kg-m, 11.0 ft-lb) or below.
4. Install so that static closing force of hood is 315-490 N (32.1-50.0 kg–m, 70.8-110.2 ft–lb). B
NOTE:
• Do not exert vertical force on right side and left side of hood lock.
• Do not press simultaneously on both sides. C
5. Check the hood lock lubrication condition. If necessary, apply a suitable multi-purpose grease to hood lock
assembly.
SECONDARY LATCH D

SECONDARY LATCH : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625245

E
REMOVAL
1. Remove front grille. Refer to EXT-33, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect secondary latch cable from hood lock assembly. F
3. Remove bolts and secondary latch.

cardiagn.com
INSTALLATION
G
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten bolts to specified torque. Refer to DLK-316, "Exploded View".
• Check that secondary latch cable is properly engaged with hood lock. H
HOOD LOCK RELEASE CABLE
HOOD LOCK RELEASE CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625246 I

REMOVAL
1. Remove fender protector (LH). Refer to EXT-40, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation". J
2. Remove front grille. Refer to EXT-33, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect hood lock release cable from hood lock release handle and hood lock.
4. Release hood lock release cable clips using a suitable tool. DLK
5. Remove grommet on the lower dash and carefully pull the hood lock release cable into the passenger
compartment.
CAUTION: L
While pulling, be careful not to damage (peel) the outside of hood lock release cable.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. M
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to bend cable too much, keep the radius 100 mm (3.94 in) or more.
• Check that cable is not offset from the positioning grommet, N
and apply the sealant to the grommet (at * mark) properly.

PIIB5801E

• Check that hood lock release cable is properly engaged with hood lock assembly.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-317 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


HOOD LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
• After installation, perform hood assembly adjustment procedure. Refer to DLK-295, "HOOD ASSEM-
BLY : Adjustment".
• After adjusting, perform hood lock inspection. Refer to DLK-316, "HOOD LOCK : Inspection".
HOOD LOCK RELEASE HANDLE
HOOD LOCK RELEASE HANDLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625247

REMOVAL
1. Remove fuel filler lid/hood lock release handle bolts (A).
2. Disconnect fuel filler lid release cable (2) from fuel filler lid
release handle (1).
3. Disconnect hood lock release cable (4) from hood lock release
handle (3).

ALKIA3422ZZ

cardiagn.com
4. Remove hood lock release handle.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-318 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
FRONT DOOR LOCK
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625248

cardiagn.com
G

I
AWKIA2920ZZ

1. Front door lock 2. Inside handle 3. Door key cylinder rod (LH only) J
4. Outside handle bracket 5. Front gasket 6. Outside handle
7. Outside handle escutcheon / door key 8. Rear gasket A. Clip
cylinder (LH only)
DLK
DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625249 L

REMOVAL
1. Remove front door finisher. Refer to INT-15, "Removal and Installation". M
2. Remove vapor barrier.
3. Remove front door lock bolts (A).
N

ALKIA3355ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-319 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
4. Disconnect door key cylinder rod (LH only) (1) from front door
lock (2) (LH only).

ALKIA2487ZZ

5. Disconnect door lock cables from inside handle and outside handle..
6. Disconnect the harness connector from the front door lock and remove.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front door lock bolts.
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-319, "Exploded View".
• After installation, check door lock cables are properly engaged to inside handle and outside handle

cardiagn.com
bracket.
• When installing door key cylinder rod (LH only), be sure to rotate door key cylinder rod holder until a
click is felt.
• After installation, check door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
• Check door lock assembly for poor lubrication. If necessary apply a suitable multi-purpose grease.
INSIDE HANDLE
INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625250

REMOVAL
1. Remove front door finisher. Refer to INT-15, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove inside handle bolt (B).
3. Disconnect the door lock cables (A) and remove inside handle
(1).

ALKIA3392ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• After installation, check door lock cables are properly engaged to inside handle.
• After installation, check door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
OUTSIDE HANDLE
OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625251

REMOVAL
1. Fully close front door glass.
2. Remove front door finisher. Refer to INT-15, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-320 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
3. Remove front door vapor barrier (1).
NOTE: A
LH side shown; RH similar.

ALKIA3488ZZ

D
4. Remove door side grommet (1), and remove bolt from grommet
hole (2).
E

cardiagn.com
G
JMKIA5888ZZ

5. Separate door key cylinder rod (LH only) (1) from door key cylin- H
der assembly (LH only) (2).

ALKIA2487ZZ DLK

6. While pulling (1) outside handle, remove (2) door key cylinder
assembly (LH side) or outside handle escutcheon (RH side). L

JMKIA0560ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-321 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FRONT DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
7. While pulling outside handle (1), slide toward rear of vehicle to
remove outside handle.

AWKIA1997ZZ

8. Remove front gasket and rear gasket.


9. Slide outside handle bracket toward rear of vehicle to remove.

cardiagn.com
JMKIA2652ZZ

10. Disconnect outside handle cable (1) from outside handle bracket
(2) as shown.

ALKIA2489ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• When installing door key cylinder rod (LH only), be sure to rotate door key cylinder rod holder until a
click is felt.
• After installation, check door lock cable is properly engaged to outside handle bracket.
• After installation, check door open/close and lock/unlock operation.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-322 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
REAR DOOR LOCK
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625252

cardiagn.com
G

I
AWKIA3225ZZ

1. Outside handle 2. Outside handle escutcheon 3. Rear gasket J


4. Rear door lock 5. Cable clip 6. Outside handle bracket
7. Front gasket 8. Inside handle Front
DLK
DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625253
L
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear door finisher. Refer to INT-18, "Removal and Installation".
M
2. Remove vapor barrier.
3. Remove rear door lock bolts.
4. Disconnect the door lock cables. N
5. Disconnect the harness connector from the rear door lock and remove.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. O
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse rear door lock bolts.
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-323, "Exploded View". P
• After installation, check door lock cables are properly engaged to inside handle and outside handle.
• After installation, check door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
INSIDE HANDLE
INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625254

REMOVAL

Revision: December 2016 DLK-323 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Remove rear door finisher. Refer to INT-18, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove inside handle bolt (A).

ALKIA3499ZZ

3. Disconnect door lock cables from inside handle and remove.


INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• After installation, check door lock cables are properly engaged to inside handle.
• After installation, check door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
OUTSIDE HANDLE

cardiagn.com
OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625255

REMOVAL
1. Fully close rear door glass.
2. Remove rear door finisher. Refer to INT-18, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove rear door vapor barrier (1).
NOTE:
LH side shown; RH similar.

ALKIA3481ZZ

4. Remove door side grommet and bolt from grommet hole.

JMKIA0025ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-324 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REAR DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
5. While pulling (1) outside handle, remove (2) outside handle
escutcheon. A

JMKIA5342ZZ

D
6. While pulling outside handle (1), slide toward rear of vehicle to
remove outside handle.
E

cardiagn.com
G
AWKIA1997ZZ

7. Remove front gasket and rear gasket.


H
8. Slide outside handle bracket toward rear of vehicle to remove.

DLK
JMKIA2652ZZ

9. Disconnect outside handle cable (1) from outside handle bracket


(2) as shown. L

ALKIA2489ZZ
O
INSTALLATION
Installation in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: P
• After installation, check door lock cable is properly engaged to outside handle bracket.
• After installation, check door open/close and lock/unlock operation.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-325 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR LOCK
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625256

cardiagn.com
AWKIA2931ZZ

1. Spindle unit (RH) (with automatic 2. Back door stay (RH) 3. Back door touch sensor (RH) (with
back door) automatic back door)
4. Back door lock 5. Back door lock (with automatic back 6. Back door touch sensor (LH) (with
door) automatic back door)
7. Back door 8. Back door stay (LH) 9. Spindle unit (LH) (with automatic
back door)

DOOR LOCK
DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625257

REMOVAL
1. Remove back door finisher. Refer to INT-35, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back door lock.
3. Remove bolts and back door lock.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Tighten bolts to specification. Refer to DLK-326, "Exploded View".
• After installation, check back door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
SPINDLE UNIT
SPINDLE UNIT : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625258

REMOVAL
1. Support back door using a suitable tool.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-326 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
WARNING:
Bodily injury may occur if the back door is not supported properly when removing the back door A
spindle unit.
2. Partially remove headlining (rear edge). Refer to INT-28, "Exploded View".
3. Remove ball socket spring (B) from spindle unit (1) using a suit- B
able tool (A).

ALKIA3426ZZ E

4. Disconnect the harness connector from the spindle unit and remove.
INSTALLATION F
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:

cardiagn.com
• When reusing stud ball, always apply locking sealant before installing stud ball to back door. G
• After installation, check back door open/close, lock/unlock operation.
• Perform calibration of automatic back door position information. Refer to DLK-116, "Description".
BACK DOOR STAY H
BACK DOOR STAY : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625259

REMOVAL I
1. Support the back door using a suitable tool.
WARNING: J
Body injury may occur if no supporting rod is holding the back door open when removing the
back door stay.
2. Release the metal clip (3) located on the connection between
the back door stay (1) and the stud ball (2) (back door side) DLK
using a suitable tool (A).
3. Remove the back door stay (back door side).
L

JMKIA2255ZZ
N
4. Repeat procedure for removing back door stay from body side.
INSTALLATION
O
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installation, check the back door open/close operation.
TOUCH SENSOR P

TOUCH SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625260

CAUTION:
Use care not to bend touch sensor.
REMOVAL

Revision: December 2016 DLK-327 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR LOCK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
1. Release the spindle unit from the stud ball (with power back door).
2. Release the back door stay from the stud ball (without power back door).
3. Release touch sensor clips using a suitable tool.
4. Disconnect the harness connector from the touch sensor and remove.

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installation, check back door open/close and lock/unlock operation.
EMERGENCY LEVER
EMERGENCY LEVER : Unlock procedures INFOID:0000000014625261

UNLOCK PROCEDURES
NOTE:
If back door lock cannot be unlocked due to a malfunction or battery discharge, perform the following proce-
dures to unlock back door assembly.
1. From inside the vehicle, rotate emergency lever (1) in the direc-
tion shown to unlock.

cardiagn.com
AWKIA2921ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-328 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625262

cardiagn.com
G

J
AWKIA4249ZZ

1. Fuel filler lid release cable 2. Cable protector 3. Fuel filler lid lock DLK
4. Bumper rubber 5. Fuel filler lid 6. Spring
Pawls Clip
L
FUEL FILLER LID
FUEL FILLER LID : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625263
M

REMOVAL
1. Remove fuel cap pin (1). N

ALKIA3416ZZ

Revision: December 2016 DLK-329 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Remove screws (A) and fuel filler lid (1).

ALKIA3417ZZ

3. Remove fuel filler lid spring (1) and bumper rubber (2) from fuel
filler lid (if necessary).

cardiagn.com
ALKIA3418ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installation, check fuel filler lid open/close, lock/unlock operation.
FUEL FILLER LID LOCK
FUEL FILLER LID LOCK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625264

REMOVAL
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher (RH). Refer to INT-32, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the fuel filler lid release cable (1) from the fuel filler
lid lock (2).
3. Rotate fuel filler lid lock to release pawls and remove.
: Pawl

ALKIA3419ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
After installation, check fuel filler lid open/close, lock/unlock operation.
FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE CABLE
FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE CABLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625265

REMOVAL
1. Partially remove front floor trim. Refer to INT-26, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-330 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


FUEL FILLER LID OPENER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Remove rear floor trim. Refer to INT-26, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the fuel filler lid/hood lock release handle bolts (A) A
4. Disconnect the fuel filler lid release cable (2) from fuel filler lid
release handle (1).
B

ALKIA3421ZZ
D

5. Disconnect the fuel filler lid release cable (1) from fuel filler lid
lock (2). E

cardiagn.com
G

ALKIA3420ZZ

H
6. Release the clips and remove fuel filler lid release cable.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. I
CAUTION:
After installation, check fuel filler lid open/close, lock/unlock operation.
FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE HANDLE J

FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE HANDLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625266

DLK
REMOVAL
1. Remove fuel filler lid/hood lock release handle bolts (A).
2. Disconnect fuel filler lid release cable (2) from fuel filler lid L
release handle (1).
3. Disconnect hood lock release cable (4) from hood lock release
handle (3). M

ALKIA3422ZZ

O
4. Remove fuel filler lid release handle.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. P

Revision: December 2016 DLK-331 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR SWITCH
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625267

REMOVAL
1. Remove the door switch bolt (A).
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the door switch (1) and
remove.

ALKIA3351ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-332 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
DOOR REQUEST SWITCH
A
DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625268
B
The driver side door request switch and driver side outside handle are serviced as an assembly. Refer to DLK-
320, "OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE C

PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625269

The passenger side door request switch and passenger side outside handle are serviced as an assembly. D
Refer to DLK-320, "OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation".
BACK DOOR
E
BACK DOOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625270

REMOVAL F
1. Remove back door finisher. Refer to INT-35, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back door request switch.

cardiagn.com
3. Release pawls and remove back door request switch. G

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. H

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-333 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INSIDE KEY ANTENNA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INSIDE KEY ANTENNA
INSTRUMENT CENTER
INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625271

REMOVAL
1. Remove front air control or A/C switch assembly. Refer to HAC-119, "Removal and Installation" (AUTO-
MATIC AIR CONDITONING).
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the inside key antenna (instrument center).
3. Release pawls and remove inside key antenna (instrument center).
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CONSOLE
CONSOLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625272

REMOVAL
1. Remove front luggage floor finisher. Refer to INT-32, "Exploded View".

cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect the harness connector (A) from the inside key
antenna (console) (1).
3. Remove clips and remove inside key antenna (console).

: Clip

ALKIA4689ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-334 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA
A
DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625273
B
The driver side outside key antenna and driver side outside handle are serviced as an assembly. Refer to
DLK-320, "OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE C

PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625274

The passenger side outside key antenna and passenger side outside handle are serviced as an assembly. D
Refer to DLK-320, "OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation".
REAR BUMPER
E
REAR BUMPER : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625275

REMOVAL F
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the harness connector (B) from the outside key

cardiagn.com
antenna [rear bumper(1)]. G
3. Release clips (A) and remove outside key antenna (rear
bumper).
H

AWKIA2923ZZ
J
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-335 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625276

REMOVAL
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-26, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the harness connector (A) from the Intelligent Key
warning buzzer (1).
3. Remove bolt (B) and Intelligent Key warning buzzer.

ALKIA3391ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-336 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
BACK DOOR WARNING CHIME
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625277

REMOVAL B
1. Remove the rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-29, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the back door warning chime.
C
3. Remove nuts (A) and back door warning chime (1).

F
ALKIA3348ZZ

INSTALLATION

cardiagn.com
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-337 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014906765

REMOVAL
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher. Refer to INT-33, "LUGGAGE SIDE UPPER FINISHER : Removal
and Installation".
2. Disconnect the harness connector from the remote keyless
entry receiver (1).
3. Remove bolt (A) and remote keyless entry receiver.

AWKIA4287ZZ

4. Remove remote keyless entry receiver from bracket.

cardiagn.com
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-338 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625278

1. Release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the key. B
2. Insert a suitable tool (A) wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the
corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part.
CAUTION:
• Do not insert a tool into the notches of the Intelligent Key C
to pry it open, as this may damage the circuit board.
• Do not use excessive force when opening the intelligent
key, as this may result in damage to the internal compo- D
nents.
• Do not touch the circuit board or battery terminal.
• The key fob is water-resistant. However, if it does get wet,
immediately wipe it dry. E
PIIB6221E

3. Replace the battery with a new one. F

Battery replacement :Coin-type lithium battery

cardiagn.com
(CR2025)
G
4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts, and then push them
together until unit is securely closed.
CAUTION: H
• When replacing battery, keep dirt, grease, and other for-
eign materials off the electrode contact area.
• After replacing the battery, check that all Intelligent Key I
functions work normally.

PIIB6222E

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-339 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SYSTEM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625285

cardiagn.com
ALKIA4100ZZ

1. Rear bumper fascia 2. Motion activated back door 3. Motion activated back door
sensor (lower) sensor (upper)
4. Motion activated back door 5. Motion activated back door 6. Motion activated back door
bracket control unit control unit bracket
Metal clip Clip Pawl

MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT


MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000014625286

REMOVAL
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-29, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: December 2016 DLK-340 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
2. Disconnect harness connectors (A) from motion activated back
door control unit. A

ALKIA4102ZZ

D
3. Remove screw (A) and motion activated back door control unit
bracket (1).
E

cardiagn.com
G
ALKIA4101ZZ

4. Release pawl and remove motion activated back door control


H
unit.

:Pawl
I

ALKIA4103ZZ
DLK
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
L
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SENSOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625287

M
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-29, "Removal and Installation".
N
2. Disconnect harness connector from motion activated back door control unit.
3. Release pawls and remove motion activated back door sensor
(1).
O
:Pawl

ALKIA4104ZZ

INSTALLATION
Revision: December 2016 DLK-341 2017 Rogue HEV NAM
MOTION ACTIVATED BACK DOOR SYSTEM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

cardiagn.com

Revision: December 2016 DLK-342 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CONTROL MODULE
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625279

REMOVAL B
1. Remove the luggage side lower finisher (LH). Refer to INT-32, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER :
Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect the harness connectors from the automatic back door control module. C
3. Remove nuts (A) and automatic back door control module (1).

F
ALKIA3347ZZ

cardiagn.com
INSTALLATION G
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Perform calibration of automatic back door position information. Refer to DLK-116, "Description".
H

DLK

Revision: December 2016 DLK-343 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR MAIN SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625280

cardiagn.com
ALJIA1521ZZ

Heated steering wheel switch (If


3.
1. Upper switch carrier 2. Lower switch carrier equipped)
4. AWD lock switch (If equipped) 5. Sport mode switch 6. ECO mode switch
7. Instrument lower panel LH 8. Automatic back door main switch 9. Automatic back door switch
10. Driving assist 11. VDC OFF switch

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625281

REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-22, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the screws and upper switch carrier from the instrument lower panel LH.
3. Release pawls using suitable tool and remove the automatic
back door main switch from the upper switch carrier.
: Pawl

ALJIA1522ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-344 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000014625282

cardiagn.com
G

I
ALJIA1521ZZ

Heated steering wheel switch (If J


3.
1. Upper switch carrier 2. Lower switch carrier equipped)
4. AWD lock switch (If equipped) 5. Sport mode switch 6. ECO mode switch
7. Instrument lower panel LH 8. Automatic back door main switch 9. Automatic back door switch
DLK
10. Driving assist 11. VDC OFF switch

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625283


L
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-22, "Removal and Installation".
M
2. Remove the screws and upper switch carrier from the instrument lower panel LH.
3. Release pawls using suitable tool and remove the automatic
back door switch switch from the upper switch carrier.
N
: Pawl

ALJIA1522ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-345 2017 Rogue HEV NAM


AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [WITH INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM]
AUTOMATIC BACK DOOR CLOSE SWITCH
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000014625284

REMOVAL
1. Release the automatic back door close switch (1) pawls using a
suitable tool.
: Pawl

ALKIA3412ZZ

2. Disconnect the harness connector (A) from the automatic back


door close switch (1) and remove.

cardiagn.com
ALKIA3413ZZ

3. Release pawls and remove automatic back door request switch


finisher (1).
: Pawl

ALKIA3414ZZ

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: December 2016 DLK-346 2017 Rogue HEV NAM

You might also like